diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver')
28 files changed, 22706 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..59153a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html @@ -0,0 +1,380 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<html xmlns:v="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:vml" xmlns:o="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:office:office" xmlns:w="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:office:word" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40"><head> + + + + + +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"> +<link rel="File-List" href="Release_Notes%20%28package%29_files/filelist.xml"> +<link rel="Edit-Time-Data" href="Release_Notes%20%28package%29_files/editdata.mso"><!--[if !mso]> <style> v\:* {behavior:url(#default#VML);} o\:* {behavior:url(#default#VML);} w\:* {behavior:url(#default#VML);} .shape {behavior:url(#default#VML);} </style> <![endif]--><title>Release Notes for STM32F30x Standard Peripherals Library Drivers</title><!--[if gte mso 9]><xml> <o:DocumentProperties> <o:Author>STMicroelectronics</o:Author> <o:LastAuthor>tguilhot</o:LastAuthor> <o:Revision>145</o:Revision> <o:TotalTime>461</o:TotalTime> <o:Created>2009-02-27T19:26:00Z</o:Created> <o:LastSaved>2010-12-13T14:14:00Z</o:LastSaved> <o:Pages>1</o:Pages> <o:Words>358</o:Words> <o:Characters>2045</o:Characters> <o:Company>STMicroelectronics</o:Company> <o:Lines>17</o:Lines> <o:Paragraphs>4</o:Paragraphs> <o:CharactersWithSpaces>2399</o:CharactersWithSpaces> <o:Version>11.9999</o:Version> </o:DocumentProperties> </xml><![endif]--><!--[if gte mso 9]><xml> <w:WordDocument> <w:View>Normal</w:View> <w:SpellingState>Clean</w:SpellingState> <w:GrammarState>Clean</w:GrammarState> <w:ValidateAgainstSchemas/> <w:SaveIfXMLInvalid>false</w:SaveIfXMLInvalid> <w:IgnoreMixedContent>false</w:IgnoreMixedContent> <w:AlwaysShowPlaceholderText>false</w:AlwaysShowPlaceholderText> <w:Compatibility> <w:UseFELayout/> </w:Compatibility> <w:BrowserLevel>MicrosoftInternetExplorer4</w:BrowserLevel> </w:WordDocument> </xml><![endif]--><!--[if gte mso 9]><xml> <w:LatentStyles DefLockedState="false" LatentStyleCount="156"> </w:LatentStyles> </xml><![endif]--> + + + +<style> +<!-- +/* Font Definitions */ +@font-face +{font-family:Wingdings; +panose-1:5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0; +mso-font-charset:2; +mso-generic-font-family:auto; +mso-font-pitch:variable; +mso-font-signature:0 268435456 0 0 -2147483648 0;} +@font-face +{font-family:"MS Mincho"; +panose-1:2 2 6 9 4 2 5 8 3 4; +mso-font-alt:"Arial Unicode MS"; +mso-font-charset:128; +mso-generic-font-family:roman; +mso-font-format:other; +mso-font-pitch:fixed; +mso-font-signature:1 134676480 16 0 131072 0;} +@font-face +{font-family:Verdana; +panose-1:2 11 6 4 3 5 4 4 2 4; +mso-font-charset:0; +mso-generic-font-family:swiss; +mso-font-pitch:variable; +mso-font-signature:536871559 0 0 0 415 0;} +@font-face +{font-family:"\@MS Mincho"; +panose-1:0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0; +mso-font-charset:128; +mso-generic-font-family:roman; +mso-font-format:other; +mso-font-pitch:fixed; +mso-font-signature:1 134676480 16 0 131072 0;} +/* Style Definitions */ +p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal +{mso-style-parent:""; +margin:0cm; +margin-bottom:.0001pt; +mso-pagination:widow-orphan; +font-size:12.0pt; +font-family:"Times New Roman"; +mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";} +h1 +{mso-margin-top-alt:auto; +margin-right:0cm; +mso-margin-bottom-alt:auto; +margin-left:0cm; +mso-pagination:widow-orphan; +mso-outline-level:1; +font-size:24.0pt; +font-family:"Times New Roman"; +mso-fareast-font-family:"MS Mincho"; +font-weight:bold;} +h2 +{mso-style-next:Normal; +margin-top:12.0pt; +margin-right:0cm; +margin-bottom:3.0pt; +margin-left:0cm; +mso-pagination:widow-orphan; +page-break-after:avoid; +mso-outline-level:2; +font-size:14.0pt; +font-family:Arial; +mso-fareast-font-family:"MS Mincho"; +font-weight:bold; +font-style:italic;} +h3 +{mso-margin-top-alt:auto; +margin-right:0cm; +mso-margin-bottom-alt:auto; +margin-left:0cm; +mso-pagination:widow-orphan; +mso-outline-level:3; +font-size:13.5pt; +font-family:"Times New Roman"; +mso-fareast-font-family:"MS Mincho"; +font-weight:bold;} +a:link, span.MsoHyperlink +{color:blue; +text-decoration:underline; +text-underline:single;} +a:visited, span.MsoHyperlinkFollowed +{color:blue; +text-decoration:underline; +text-underline:single;} +p +{mso-margin-top-alt:auto; +margin-right:0cm; +mso-margin-bottom-alt:auto; +margin-left:0cm; +mso-pagination:widow-orphan; +font-size:12.0pt; +font-family:"Times New Roman"; +mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";} +@page Section1 +{size:612.0pt 792.0pt; +margin:72.0pt 90.0pt 72.0pt 90.0pt; +mso-header-margin:36.0pt; +mso-footer-margin:36.0pt; +mso-paper-source:0;} +div.Section1 +{page:Section1;} +/* List Definitions */ +@list l0 +{mso-list-id:1315182333; +mso-list-template-ids:555131286;} +@list l0:level1 +{mso-level-tab-stop:36.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l0:level2 +{mso-level-tab-stop:72.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l0:level3 +{mso-level-tab-stop:108.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l0:level4 +{mso-level-tab-stop:144.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l0:level5 +{mso-level-tab-stop:180.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l0:level6 +{mso-level-tab-stop:216.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l0:level7 +{mso-level-tab-stop:252.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l0:level8 +{mso-level-tab-stop:288.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l0:level9 +{mso-level-tab-stop:324.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l1 +{mso-list-id:2024673066; +mso-list-template-ids:154433278;} +@list l1:level1 +{mso-level-number-format:bullet; +mso-level-text:\F0A7; +mso-level-tab-stop:36.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt; +mso-ansi-font-size:10.0pt; +font-family:Wingdings;} +@list l1:level2 +{mso-level-number-format:bullet; +mso-level-text:\F0B7; +mso-level-tab-stop:72.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt; +mso-ansi-font-size:10.0pt; +font-family:Symbol;} +@list l1:level3 +{mso-level-number-format:bullet; +mso-level-text:\F0B0; +mso-level-tab-stop:108.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt; +font-family:Symbol;} +@list l1:level4 +{mso-level-tab-stop:144.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l1:level5 +{mso-level-tab-stop:180.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l1:level6 +{mso-level-tab-stop:216.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l1:level7 +{mso-level-tab-stop:252.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l1:level8 +{mso-level-tab-stop:288.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l1:level9 +{mso-level-tab-stop:324.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l2 +{mso-list-id:2095200852; +mso-list-type:hybrid; +mso-list-template-ids:-391638944 67698693 67698691 67698693 67698689 67698691 67698693 67698689 67698691 67698693;} +@list l2:level1 +{mso-level-number-format:bullet; +mso-level-text:\F0A7; +mso-level-tab-stop:36.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt; +font-family:Wingdings;} +@list l2:level2 +{mso-level-tab-stop:72.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l2:level3 +{mso-level-tab-stop:108.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l2:level4 +{mso-level-tab-stop:144.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l2:level5 +{mso-level-tab-stop:180.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l2:level6 +{mso-level-tab-stop:216.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l2:level7 +{mso-level-tab-stop:252.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l2:level8 +{mso-level-tab-stop:288.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +@list l2:level9 +{mso-level-tab-stop:324.0pt; +mso-level-number-position:left; +text-indent:-18.0pt;} +ol +{margin-bottom:0cm;} +ul +{margin-bottom:0cm;} +--> +</style><!--[if gte mso 10]> <style> /* Style Definitions */ table.MsoNormalTable {mso-style-name:"Table Normal"; mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; mso-style-noshow:yes; mso-style-parent:""; mso-padding-alt:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt; mso-para-margin:0cm; mso-para-margin-bottom:.0001pt; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:10.0pt; font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-ansi-language:#0400; mso-fareast-language:#0400; mso-bidi-language:#0400;} </style> <![endif]--> +<style type="disc"> +</style><!--[if gte mso 9]><xml> <o:shapedefaults v:ext="edit" spidmax="45058"/> </xml><![endif]--><!--[if gte mso 9]><xml> <o:shapelayout v:ext="edit"> <o:idmap v:ext="edit" data="1"/> </o:shapelayout></xml><![endif]--><meta content="MCD Application Team" name="author"></head> +<body link="blue" vlink="blue"> +<div class="Section1"> +<p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-family: Arial;"><br> +</span><span style="font-family: Arial;"><o:p></o:p></span></p> +<div align="center"> +<table class="MsoNormalTable" style="width: 675pt;" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="900"> +<tbody> +<tr style=""> +<td style="padding: 0cm;" valign="top"> +<table class="MsoNormalTable" style="width: 675pt;" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="900"> +<tbody> +<tr style=""> +<td style="padding: 1.5pt;"> + +<h1 style="margin-bottom: 18pt; text-align: center;" align="center"><span style="font-size: 20pt; font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(51, 102, 255);">Release +Notes for<o:p></o:p> </span><span style="font-size: 20pt; color: rgb(51, 102, 255); font-family: Verdana;">STM32F30x Standard Peripherals Library Drivers (StdPeriph_Drivers)</span><span style="font-size: 20pt; font-family: Verdana;"><o:p></o:p></span><br> +<span style="font-size: 20pt; font-family: Verdana;"><o:p></o:p></span></h1> +<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-align: center;" align="center"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Arial; color: black;">Copyright +© 2012 STMicroelectronics</span><span style="color: black;"><u1:p></u1:p><o:p></o:p></span></p> +<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-align: center;" align="center"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img style="border: 0px solid ; width: 86px; height: 65px;" alt="" id="_x0000_i1025" src="../../_htmresc/logo.bmp"></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +<p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-family: Arial; display: none;"><o:p> </o:p></span></p> +<table class="MsoNormalTable" style="width: 675pt;" border="0" cellpadding="0" width="900"> +<tbody> +<tr style=""> +<td style="padding: 0cm;" valign="top"> +<h2 style="background: rgb(51, 102, 255) none repeat scroll 0% 50%; -moz-background-clip: initial; -moz-background-origin: initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: initial;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: white;">Contents<o:p></o:p></span></h2> +<ol style="margin-top: 0cm;" start="1" type="1"> +<li class="MsoNormal" style="color: black; margin-top: 4.5pt; margin-bottom: 4.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Verdana;"><a href="#History">STM32F30x Standard Peripherals Library Drivers update history</a><o:p></o:p></span></li> +<li class="MsoNormal" style="color: black; margin-top: 4.5pt; margin-bottom: 4.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Verdana;"><a href="#License">License</a><o:p></o:p></span></li> +</ol> + <h2 style="background: rgb(51, 102, 255) none repeat scroll 0% 50%; -moz-background-clip: initial; -moz-background-origin: initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: initial;"><a name="History"></a><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: white;">STM32F30x Standard Peripherals Library Drivers update history<o:p></o:p></span></h2> + +<h3 style="background: rgb(51, 102, 255) none repeat scroll 0% 50%; -moz-background-clip: initial; -moz-background-origin: initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: initial; margin-right: 500pt; width: 189px;"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Arial; color: white;">V1.0.1 / 23-October-2012<o:p></o:p></span></h3> + + + <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin: 4.5pt 0cm 4.5pt 18pt;"><b style=""><u><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Verdana; color: black;">Main +Changes<o:p></o:p></span></u></b></p> + + + + <ul style="margin-top: 0cm;" type="square"><li class="MsoNormal" style="color: black; margin-top: 4.5pt; margin-bottom: 4.5pt;"> + + + +<p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: "Verdana","sans-serif";">stm32f30x_adc.c/h<o:p></o:p></span></p></li><ul><li class="MsoNormal" style="color: black; margin-top: 4.5pt; margin-bottom: 4.5pt;"><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: "Verdana","sans-serif";">Remove +the following functions, the configuration will be done under ADC_Init function :</span></p></li><ul><li class="MsoNormal" style="color: black; margin-top: 4.5pt; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; font-style: italic;"><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: "Verdana","sans-serif";">ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig; +<o:p></o:p></span></p></li><li class="MsoNormal" style="color: black; margin-top: 4.5pt; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; font-style: italic;"><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: "Verdana","sans-serif";">ADC_InjectedChannelConfig;<o:p></o:p></span></p></li><li class="MsoNormal" style="color: black; margin-top: 4.5pt; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; font-style: italic;"><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: "Verdana","sans-serif";">ADC_ExternalTriggerInjectedPolarityConfig;<o:p></o:p></span></p></li><li class="MsoNormal" style="color: black; margin-top: 4.5pt; margin-bottom: 4.5pt;"><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: "Verdana","sans-serif";"><span style="font-style: italic;">ADC_SelectExternalTriggerInjected</span><o:p></o:p></span></p></li></ul><li class="MsoNormal" style="color: black; margin-top: 4.5pt; margin-bottom: 4.5pt;"><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: "Verdana","sans-serif";">Update + comment of <span style="font-style: italic;">uint8_t ADC_TwoSamplingDelay</span> parameter in +<span style="font-style: italic;">ADC_CommonInitTypeDef</span> structure definition.<o:p></o:p></span></p></li><li class="MsoNormal" style="color: black; margin-top: 4.5pt; margin-bottom: 4.5pt;"><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: "Verdana","sans-serif";"><o:p></o:p>Add +a function to configure the sampling time for injected channels <o:p></o:p>: <span style="font-style: italic;">void +ADC_InjectedChannelSampleTimeConfig (ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t +ADC_InjectedChannel, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime);</span></span></p></li></ul></ul> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +<p style="margin-left: 40px;" class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: "Verdana","sans-serif";"><o:p></o:p> +<o:p></o:p></span></p><ul style="margin-top: 0cm;" type="square"><li class="MsoNormal" style="color: black; margin-top: 4.5pt; margin-bottom: 4.5pt;"><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: "Verdana","sans-serif";">stm32f30x_rtc.c</span></p></li><ul><li class="MsoNormal" style="color: black; margin-top: 4.5pt; margin-bottom: 4.5pt;"><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: "Verdana","sans-serif";">Update +comments : remove all reference to RTC_AF1<o:p></o:p>, reformulate +the PC13 RTC_AF table to be in line with the description in Reference manual (RM00316)</span></p></li></ul></ul><ul style="margin-top: 0cm;" type="square"><li class="MsoNormal" style="color: black; margin-top: 4.5pt; margin-bottom: 4.5pt;"> + + + +<p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: "Verdana","sans-serif";"><o:p> </o:p>stm32f30x_tim.c +<o:p></o:p></span></p></li><ul><li class="MsoNormal" style="color: black; margin-top: 4.5pt; margin-bottom: 4.5pt;"><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: "Verdana","sans-serif";">Update local variables declaration (must be uint32_t) to correct Tasking toochain warnings. </span></p></li></ul><li class="MsoNormal" style="color: black; margin-top: 4.5pt; margin-bottom: 4.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: "Verdana","sans-serif";"><o:p></o:p>stm32f30x_gpio.h +<o:p></o:p></span></li><ul><li class="MsoNormal" style="color: black; margin-top: 4.5pt; margin-bottom: 4.5pt;"><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: "Verdana","sans-serif";">Update <span style="font-style: italic;">GPIOSpeed_TypeDef </span>parameters structure to be in line with description in Reference manual and add GPIO </span><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: "Verdana","sans-serif";">speed</span><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: "Verdana","sans-serif";"> legacy defines.</span></p></li></ul><li class="MsoNormal" style="color: black; margin-top: 4.5pt; margin-bottom: 4.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: "Verdana","sans-serif";">Remove all references to other products (STM32F37x, STM32F0xx,...) in the comments.<br></span></li></ul><h3 style="background: rgb(51, 102, 255) none repeat scroll 0% 50%; -moz-background-clip: initial; -moz-background-origin: initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: initial; margin-right: 500pt; width: 189px;"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Arial; color: white;">V1.0.0 / 04-September-2012<o:p></o:p></span></h3> + + + <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin: 4.5pt 0cm 4.5pt 18pt;"><b style=""><u><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Verdana; color: black;">Main +Changes<o:p></o:p></span></u></b></p> + + + + <ul style="margin-top: 0cm;" type="square"><li class="MsoNormal" style="color: black; margin-top: 4.5pt; margin-bottom: 4.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Verdana;">First official release for <span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;">STM32F30x and STM32F31x devices</span></span></li></ul> + <span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Verdana;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span></span></span><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Verdana;"></span><ul style="margin-top: 0cm;" type="square"></ul> + +<h2 style="background: rgb(51, 102, 255) none repeat scroll 0% 50%; -moz-background-clip: initial; -moz-background-origin: initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: initial;"><a name="License"></a><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: white;">License<o:p></o:p></span></h2><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size: 10pt; color: black; font-family: 'Verdana','sans-serif';">Licensed +under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); You may not use +this </span><span style="font-size: 10pt; color: black; font-family: 'Verdana','sans-serif';">package</span><span style="font-size: 10pt; color: black; font-family: 'Verdana','sans-serif';"> +except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License +at:<br><br></span></p> +<div style="text-align: center;"><span style="font-size: 10pt; color: black; font-family: 'Verdana','sans-serif';"> +<a href="http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2" target="_blank">http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2</a></span><br><span style="font-size: 10pt; color: black; font-family: 'Verdana','sans-serif';"></span></div><span style="font-size: 10pt; color: black; font-family: 'Verdana','sans-serif';"><br>Unless +required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under +the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, <br>WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR +CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the +specific language governing permissions and limitations under the +License.</span><b><span style="font-size: 10pt; color: black; font-family: Verdana;"></span></b><p class="MsoNormal" style="margin: 4.5pt 0cm;"><b><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Verdana; color: black;"></span></b><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Verdana; color: black;"><o:p></o:p></span></p> +<div class="MsoNormal" style="text-align: center;" align="center"><span style="color: black;"> +<hr align="center" size="2" width="100%"></span></div> +<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin: 4.5pt 0cm 4.5pt 18pt; text-align: center;" align="center"><span style="font-size: 10pt; color: black; font-family: 'Verdana','sans-serif';">For +complete documentation on </span><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: 'Verdana','sans-serif';">STM32<span style="color: black;"> Microcontrollers visit </span><u><span style="color: blue;"><a href="http://www.st.com/internet/mcu/family/141.jsp" target="_blank">www.st.com/STM32</a></span></u></span><span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Verdana;"><a href="http://www.st.com/internet/mcu/family/141.jsp" target="_blank"><u><span style="color: blue;"></span></u></a></span><span style="color: black;"><o:p></o:p></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +<p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p> </o:p></p> +</div> +</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_adc.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_adc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a1fd59 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_adc.h @@ -0,0 +1,820 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_adc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the ADC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_ADC_H +#define __STM32F30x_ADC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup ADC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief ADC Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + + uint32_t ADC_ContinuousConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion is performed in + Continuous or Single mode. + This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + uint32_t ADC_Resolution; /*!< Configures the ADC resolution. + This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_resolution */ + uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent; /*!< Defines the external trigger used to start the analog + to digital conversion of regular channels. This parameter + can be a value of @ref ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion */ + uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge; /*!< Select the external trigger edge and enable the trigger of a regular group. + This parameter can be a value of + @ref ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_regular_channels_conversion */ + uint32_t ADC_DataAlign; /*!< Specifies whether the ADC data alignment is left or right. + This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_data_align */ + uint32_t ADC_OverrunMode; /*!< Specifies the way data overrun are managed. + This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + uint32_t ADC_AutoInjMode; /*!< Enable/disable automatic injected group conversion after + regular group conversion. + This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + uint8_t ADC_NbrOfRegChannel; /*!< Specifies the number of ADC channels that will be converted + using the sequencer for regular channel group. + This parameter must range from 1 to 16. */ +}ADC_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * @brief ADC Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + + uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent; /*!< Defines the external trigger used to start the analog + to digital conversion of injected channels. This parameter + can be a value of @ref ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_Injected_channels_conversion */ + uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge; /*!< Select the external trigger edge and enable the trigger of an injected group. + This parameter can be a value of + @ref ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_Injected_channels_conversion */ + uint8_t ADC_NbrOfInjecChannel; /*!< Specifies the number of ADC channels that will be converted + using the sequencer for injected channel group. + This parameter must range from 1 to 4. */ + uint32_t ADC_InjecSequence1; + uint32_t ADC_InjecSequence2; + uint32_t ADC_InjecSequence3; + uint32_t ADC_InjecSequence4; +}ADC_InjectedInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @} + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t ADC_Mode; /*!< Configures the ADC to operate in + independent or multi mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_mode */ + uint32_t ADC_Clock; /*!< Select the clock of the ADC. The clock is common for both master + and slave ADCs. + This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_Clock */ + uint32_t ADC_DMAAccessMode; /*!< Configures the Direct memory access mode for multi ADC mode. + This parameter can be a value of + @ref ADC_Direct_memory_access_mode_for_multi_mode */ + uint32_t ADC_DMAMode; /*!< Configures the DMA mode for ADC. + This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_DMA_Mode_definition */ + uint8_t ADC_TwoSamplingDelay; /*!< Configures the Delay between 2 sampling phases. + This parameter can be a value between 0x0 and 0xF */ + +}ADC_CommonInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == ADC1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == ADC2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == ADC3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == ADC4)) + +#define IS_ADC_DMA_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == ADC1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == ADC2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == ADC3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == ADC4)) + +/** @defgroup ADC_ContinuousConvMode + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_ContinuousConvMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< ADC continuous conversion mode enable */ +#define ADC_ContinuousConvMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC continuous conversion mode disable */ +#define IS_ADC_CONVMODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_ContinuousConvMode_Enable) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_ContinuousConvMode_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup ADC_OverunMode + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_OverrunMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< ADC Overrun Mode enable */ +#define ADC_OverrunMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC Overrun Mode disable */ +#define IS_ADC_OVRUNMODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_OverrunMode_Enable) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_OverrunMode_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup ADC_AutoInjecMode + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_AutoInjec_Enable ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< ADC Auto injected Mode enable */ +#define ADC_AutoInjec_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC Auto injected Mode disable */ +#define IS_ADC_AUTOINJECMODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_AutoInjec_Enable) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_AutoInjec_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup ADC_resolution + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_Resolution_12b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC 12-bit resolution */ +#define ADC_Resolution_10b ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< ADC 10-bit resolution */ +#define ADC_Resolution_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< ADC 8-bit resolution */ +#define ADC_Resolution_6b ((uint32_t)0x00000018) /*!< ADC 6-bit resolution */ +#define IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(RESOLUTION) (((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_12b) || \ + ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_10b) || \ + ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_8b) || \ + ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_6b)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_regular_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_None ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< ADC No external trigger for regular conversion */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_RisingEdge ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< ADC external trigger rising edge for regular conversion */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_FallingEdge ((uint16_t)0x0800) /*!< ADC ADC external trigger falling edge for regular conversion */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_BothEdge ((uint16_t)0x0C00) /*!< ADC ADC external trigger both edges for regular conversion */ + +#define IS_EXTERNALTRIG_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_None) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_RisingEdge) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_FallingEdge) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_BothEdge)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_Injected_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_None ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< ADC No external trigger for regular conversion */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_RisingEdge ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< ADC external trigger rising edge for injected conversion */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_FallingEdge ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< ADC external trigger falling edge for injected conversion */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_BothEdge ((uint16_t)0x00C0) /*!< ADC external trigger both edges for injected conversion */ + +#define IS_EXTERNALTRIGINJ_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_None) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_RisingEdge) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_FallingEdge) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_BothEdge)) + +/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_0 ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< ADC external trigger event 0 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_1 ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< ADC external trigger event 1 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_2 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< ADC external trigger event 2 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_3 ((uint16_t)0x00C0) /*!< ADC external trigger event 3 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_4 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< ADC external trigger event 4 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_5 ((uint16_t)0x0140) /*!< ADC external trigger event 5 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_6 ((uint16_t)0x0180) /*!< ADC external trigger event 6 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_7 ((uint16_t)0x01C0) /*!< ADC external trigger event 7 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_8 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< ADC external trigger event 8 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_9 ((uint16_t)0x0240) /*!< ADC external trigger event 9 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_10 ((uint16_t)0x0280) /*!< ADC external trigger event 10 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_11 ((uint16_t)0x02C0) /*!< ADC external trigger event 11 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_12 ((uint16_t)0x0300) /*!< ADC external trigger event 12 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_13 ((uint16_t)0x0340) /*!< ADC external trigger event 13 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_14 ((uint16_t)0x0380) /*!< ADC external trigger event 14 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_15 ((uint16_t)0x03C0) /*!< ADC external trigger event 15 */ + +#define IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(REGTRIG) (((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_0) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_1) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_2) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_3) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_4) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_5) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_6) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_7) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_8) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_9) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_10) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_11) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_12) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_13) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_14) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_15)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_Injected_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_0 ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 0 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_1 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 1 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_2 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 2 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_3 ((uint16_t)0x000C) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 3 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 4 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_5 ((uint16_t)0x0014) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 5 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_6 ((uint16_t)0x0018) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 6 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_7 ((uint16_t)0x001C) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 7 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_8 ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 8 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_9 ((uint16_t)0x0024) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 9 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_10 ((uint16_t)0x0028) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 10 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_11 ((uint16_t)0x002C) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 11 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_12 ((uint16_t)0x0030) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 12 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_13 ((uint16_t)0x0034) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 13 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_14 ((uint16_t)0x0038) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 14 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_15 ((uint16_t)0x003C) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 15 */ + +#define IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(INJTRIG) (((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_0) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_1) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_2) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_3) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_4) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_5) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_6) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_7) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_8) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_9) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_10) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_11) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_12) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_13) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_14) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_15)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup ADC_data_align + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_DataAlign_Right ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC Data alignment right */ +#define ADC_DataAlign_Left ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< ADC Data alignment left */ +#define IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Right) || \ + ((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Left)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_channels + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_Channel_1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< ADC Channel 1 */ +#define ADC_Channel_2 ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< ADC Channel 2 */ +#define ADC_Channel_3 ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< ADC Channel 3 */ +#define ADC_Channel_4 ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< ADC Channel 4 */ +#define ADC_Channel_5 ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< ADC Channel 5 */ +#define ADC_Channel_6 ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< ADC Channel 6 */ +#define ADC_Channel_7 ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< ADC Channel 7 */ +#define ADC_Channel_8 ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< ADC Channel 8 */ +#define ADC_Channel_9 ((uint8_t)0x09) /*!< ADC Channel 9 */ +#define ADC_Channel_10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) /*!< ADC Channel 10 */ +#define ADC_Channel_11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) /*!< ADC Channel 11 */ +#define ADC_Channel_12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) /*!< ADC Channel 12 */ +#define ADC_Channel_13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) /*!< ADC Channel 13 */ +#define ADC_Channel_14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) /*!< ADC Channel 14 */ +#define ADC_Channel_15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) /*!< ADC Channel 15 */ +#define ADC_Channel_16 ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< ADC Channel 16 */ +#define ADC_Channel_17 ((uint8_t)0x11) /*!< ADC Channel 17 */ +#define ADC_Channel_18 ((uint8_t)0x12) /*!< ADC Channel 18 */ + +#define ADC_Channel_TempSensor ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_16) +#define ADC_Channel_Vrefint ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_18) +#define ADC_Channel_Vbat ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_17) + +#define IS_ADC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_7) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_8) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_9) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_10) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_11) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_12) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_13) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_14) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_15) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_16) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_17) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_18)) +#define IS_ADC_DIFFCHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_7) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_8) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_9) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_10) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_11) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_12) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_13) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_14)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_mode + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_Mode_Independent ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC independent mode */ +#define ADC_Mode_CombRegSimulInjSimul ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< ADC multi ADC mode: Combined Regular simultaneous injected simultaneous mode */ +#define ADC_Mode_CombRegSimulAltTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< ADC multi ADC mode: Combined Regular simultaneous Alternate trigger mode */ +#define ADC_Mode_InjSimul ((uint32_t)0x00000005) /*!< ADC multi ADC mode: Injected simultaneous mode */ +#define ADC_Mode_RegSimul ((uint32_t)0x00000006) /*!< ADC multi ADC mode: Regular simultaneous mode */ +#define ADC_Mode_Interleave ((uint32_t)0x00000007) /*!< ADC multi ADC mode: Interleave mode */ +#define ADC_Mode_AltTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000009) /*!< ADC multi ADC mode: Alternate Trigger mode */ + +#define IS_ADC_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_Mode_Independent) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_CombRegSimulInjSimul) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_CombRegSimulAltTrig) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_InjSimul) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_RegSimul) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_Interleave) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_AltTrig)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Clock + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_Clock_AsynClkMode ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC Asynchronous clock mode */ +#define ADC_Clock_SynClkModeDiv1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Synchronous clock mode divided by 1 */ +#define ADC_Clock_SynClkModeDiv2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Synchronous clock mode divided by 2 */ +#define ADC_Clock_SynClkModeDiv4 ((uint32_t)0x00030000) /*!< Synchronous clock mode divided by 4 */ +#define IS_ADC_CLOCKMODE(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == ADC_Clock_AsynClkMode) ||\ + ((CLOCK) == ADC_Clock_SynClkModeDiv1) ||\ + ((CLOCK) == ADC_Clock_SynClkModeDiv2)||\ + ((CLOCK) == ADC_Clock_SynClkModeDiv4)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup ADC_Direct_memory_access_mode_for_multi_mode + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_Disabled ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< DMA mode disabled */ +#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_1 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< DMA mode enabled for 12 and 10-bit resolution (6 bit) */ +#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_2 ((uint32_t)0x0000C000) /*!< DMA mode enabled for 8 and 6-bit resolution (8bit) */ +#define IS_ADC_DMA_ACCESS_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_Disabled) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_1) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_2)) + +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup ADC_sampling_time + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< ADC sampling time 1.5 cycle */ +#define ADC_SampleTime_2Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< ADC sampling time 2.5 cycles */ +#define ADC_SampleTime_4Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< ADC sampling time 4.5 cycles */ +#define ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< ADC sampling time 7.5 cycles */ +#define ADC_SampleTime_19Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< ADC sampling time 19.5 cycles */ +#define ADC_SampleTime_61Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< ADC sampling time 61.5 cycles */ +#define ADC_SampleTime_181Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< ADC sampling time 181.5 cycles */ +#define ADC_SampleTime_601Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< ADC sampling time 601.5 cycles */ +#define IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_2Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_4Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_19Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_61Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_181Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_601Cycles5)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_Channel_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_1 ADC_Channel_1 /*!< ADC Injected channel 1 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_2 ADC_Channel_2 /*!< ADC Injected channel 2 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_3 ADC_Channel_3 /*!< ADC Injected channel 3 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_4 ADC_Channel_4 /*!< ADC Injected channel 4 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_5 ADC_Channel_5 /*!< ADC Injected channel 5 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_6 ADC_Channel_6 /*!< ADC Injected channel 6 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_7 ADC_Channel_7 /*!< ADC Injected channel 7 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_8 ADC_Channel_8 /*!< ADC Injected channel 8 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_9 ADC_Channel_9 /*!< ADC Injected channel 9 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_10 ADC_Channel_10 /*!< ADC Injected channel 10 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_11 ADC_Channel_11 /*!< ADC Injected channel 11 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_12 ADC_Channel_12 /*!< ADC Injected channel 12 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_13 ADC_Channel_13 /*!< ADC Injected channel 13 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_14 ADC_Channel_14 /*!< ADC Injected channel 14 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_15 ADC_Channel_15 /*!< ADC Injected channel 15 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_16 ADC_Channel_16 /*!< ADC Injected channel 16 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_17 ADC_Channel_17 /*!< ADC Injected channel 17 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_18 ADC_Channel_18 /*!< ADC Injected channel 18 */ + +#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_4) ||\ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_5) ||\ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_6) ||\ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_7) ||\ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_8) ||\ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_9) ||\ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_10) ||\ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_11) ||\ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_12) ||\ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_13) ||\ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_14) ||\ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_15) ||\ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_16) ||\ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_17) ||\ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_18)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_Sequence_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_InjectedSequence_1 ADC_Channel_1 /*!< ADC Injected sequence 1 */ +#define ADC_InjectedSequence_2 ADC_Channel_2 /*!< ADC Injected sequence 2 */ +#define ADC_InjectedSequence_3 ADC_Channel_3 /*!< ADC Injected sequence 3 */ +#define ADC_InjectedSequence_4 ADC_Channel_4 /*!< ADC Injected sequence 4 */ +#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_SEQUENCE(SEQUENCE) (((SEQUENCE) == ADC_InjectedSequence_1) || \ + ((SEQUENCE) == ADC_InjectedSequence_2) || \ + ((SEQUENCE) == ADC_InjectedSequence_3) || \ + ((SEQUENCE) == ADC_InjectedSequence_4)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_analog_watchdog_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00000) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog single regular mode */ +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x01400000) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog single injected mode */ +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x01C00000) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog single regular or injected mode */ +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog all regular mode */ +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog all injected mode */ +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x01800000) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog all regular and all injected mode */ +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog off */ + +#define IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(WATCHDOG) (((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Calibration_Mode_definition + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_CalibrationMode_Single ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC Calibration for single ended channel */ +#define ADC_CalibrationMode_Differential ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /*!< ADC Calibration for differential channel */ + +#define IS_ADC_CALIBRATION_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_CalibrationMode_Single) ||((MODE) == ADC_CalibrationMode_Differential)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_DMA_Mode_definition + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_DMAMode_OneShot ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC DMA Oneshot mode */ +#define ADC_DMAMode_Circular ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< ADC DMA circular mode */ + +#define IS_ADC_DMA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_DMAMode_OneShot) || ((MODE) == ADC_DMAMode_Circular)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_IT_RDY ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< ADC Ready (ADRDY) interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_EOSMP ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< ADC End of Sampling interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_EOC ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< ADC End of Regular Conversion interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_EOS ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< ADC End of Regular sequence of Conversions interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_OVR ((uint16_t)0x0010) /*!< ADC overrun interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_JEOC ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< ADC End of Injected Conversion interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_JEOS ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< ADC End of Injected sequence of Conversions interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_AWD1 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog 1 interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_AWD2 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog 2 interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_AWD3 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog 3 interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_JQOVF ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< ADC Injected Context Queue Overflow interrupt source */ + + +#define IS_ADC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xF800) == 0x0000) && ((IT) != 0x0000)) + +#define IS_ADC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == ADC_IT_RDY) || ((IT) == ADC_IT_EOSMP) || \ + ((IT) == ADC_IT_EOC) || ((IT) == ADC_IT_EOS) || \ + ((IT) == ADC_IT_OVR) || ((IT) == ADC_IT_EOS) || \ + ((IT) == ADC_IT_JEOS) || ((IT) == ADC_IT_AWD1) || \ + ((IT) == ADC_IT_AWD2) || ((IT) == ADC_IT_AWD3) || \ + ((IT) == ADC_IT_JQOVF)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_FLAG_RDY ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< ADC Ready (ADRDY) flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_EOSMP ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< ADC End of Sampling flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_EOC ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< ADC End of Regular Conversion flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_EOS ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< ADC End of Regular sequence of Conversions flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_OVR ((uint16_t)0x0010) /*!< ADC overrun flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_JEOC ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< ADC End of Injected Conversion flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_JEOS ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< ADC End of Injected sequence of Conversions flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_AWD1 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog 1 flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_AWD2 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog 2 flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_AWD3 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog 3 flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_JQOVF ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< ADC Injected Context Queue Overflow flag */ + +#define IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xF800) == 0x0000) && ((FLAG) != 0x0000)) +#define IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_RDY) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_EOSMP) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_EOC) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_EOS) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_OVR) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_JEOC) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_JEOS) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_AWD1) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_AWD2) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_AWD3) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_JQOVF)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Common_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTRDY ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< ADC Master Ready (ADRDY) flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTEOSMP ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< ADC Master End of Sampling flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTEOC ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< ADC Master End of Regular Conversion flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTEOS ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< ADC Master End of Regular sequence of Conversions flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTOVR ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< ADC Master overrun flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTJEOC ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< ADC Master End of Injected Conversion flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTJEOS ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< ADC Master End of Injected sequence of Conversions flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD1 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< ADC Master Analog watchdog 1 flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD2 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< ADC Master Analog watchdog 2 flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD3 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< ADC Master Analog watchdog 3 flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTJQOVF ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< ADC Master Injected Context Queue Overflow flag */ + +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVRDY ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< ADC Slave Ready (ADRDY) flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVEOSMP ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< ADC Slave End of Sampling flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVEOC ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< ADC Slave End of Regular Conversion flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVEOS ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< ADC Slave End of Regular sequence of Conversions flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVOVR ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< ADC Slave overrun flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVJEOC ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< ADC Slave End of Injected Conversion flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVJEOS ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< ADC Slave End of Injected sequence of Conversions flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD1 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< ADC Slave Analog watchdog 1 flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD2 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< ADC Slave Analog watchdog 2 flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD3 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< ADC Slave Analog watchdog 3 flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVJQOVF ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< ADC Slave Injected Context Queue Overflow flag */ + +#define IS_ADC_CLEAR_COMMONFLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xF800F800) == 0x0000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000)) +#define IS_ADC_GET_COMMONFLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTRDY) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTEOSMP) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTEOC) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTEOS) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTOVR) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTEOS) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTJEOS) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD1) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD2) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD3) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTJQOVF) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVRDY) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVEOSMP) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVEOC) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVEOS) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVOVR) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVEOS) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVJEOS) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD1) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD2) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD3) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVJQOVF)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_thresholds + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) ((THRESHOLD) <= 0xFFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_offset + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) <= 0xFFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_length + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x4)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_regular_length + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x10)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_regular_discontinuous_mode_number + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(NUMBER) (((NUMBER) >= 0x1) && ((NUMBER) <= 0x8)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_two_sampling_delay_number + * @{ + */ +#define IS_ADC_TWOSAMPLING_DELAY(DELAY) (((DELAY) <= 0xF)) + +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * @} + */ + + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the ADC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct); +void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct); +void ADC_InjectedInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InjectedInitTypeDef* ADC_InjectedInitStruct); +void ADC_InjectedStructInit(ADC_InjectedInitTypeDef* ADC_InjectedInitStruct); +void ADC_CommonInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct); +void ADC_CommonStructInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct); + +void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_StartCalibration(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +uint32_t ADC_GetCalibrationValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_SetCalibrationValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_Calibration); +void ADC_SelectCalibrationMode(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_CalibrationMode); +FlagStatus ADC_GetCalibrationStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_DisableCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +FlagStatus ADC_GetDisableCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_VoltageRegulatorCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_SelectDifferentialMode(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_SelectQueueOfContextMode(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_AutoDelayCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Analog Watchdog configuration functions ************************************/ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdog1ThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold, uint16_t LowThreshold); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdog2ThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t HighThreshold, uint8_t LowThreshold); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdog3ThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t HighThreshold, uint8_t LowThreshold); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdog1SingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdog2SingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdog3SingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel); + +/* Temperature Sensor, Vrefint and Vbat management function */ +void ADC_TempSensorCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_VrefintCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_VbatCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Channels Configuration functions ***********************************/ +void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime); +void ADC_RegularChannelSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t SequencerLength); +void ADC_ExternalTriggerConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent, uint16_t ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge); + +void ADC_StartConversion(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +FlagStatus ADC_GetStartConversionStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_StopConversion(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number); +void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +uint32_t ADC_GetDualModeConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); + +void ADC_SetChannelOffset1(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint16_t Offset); +void ADC_SetChannelOffset2(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint16_t Offset); +void ADC_SetChannelOffset3(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint16_t Offset); +void ADC_SetChannelOffset4(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint16_t Offset); + +void ADC_ChannelOffset1Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_ChannelOffset2Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_ChannelOffset3Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_ChannelOffset4Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions *******************************/ +void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_DMAConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_DMAMode); + +/* Injected channels Configuration functions **********************************/ +void ADC_InjectedChannelSampleTimeConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime); +void ADC_StartInjectedConversion(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +FlagStatus ADC_GetStartInjectedConversionStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_StopInjectedConversion(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel); + +/* ADC Dual Modes Configuration functions *************************************/ +FlagStatus ADC_GetCommonFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_FLAG); +void ADC_ClearCommonFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_FLAG); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_FLAG); +void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_FLAG); +ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_IT); +void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F30x_ADC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_comp.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_comp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ddb4912 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_comp.h @@ -0,0 +1,400 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_comp.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the COMP firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_COMP_H +#define __STM32F30x_COMP_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup COMP + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief COMP Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint32_t COMP_InvertingInput; /*!< Selects the inverting input of the comparator. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_InvertingInput */ + + uint32_t COMP_NonInvertingInput; /*!< Selects the non inverting input of the comparator. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_NonInvertingInput */ + + uint32_t COMP_Output; /*!< Selects the output redirection of the comparator. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_Output */ + + uint32_t COMP_BlankingSrce; /*!< Selects the output blanking source of the comparator. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_BlankingSrce */ + + uint32_t COMP_OutputPol; /*!< Selects the output polarity of the comparator. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_OutputPoloarity */ + + uint32_t COMP_Hysteresis; /*!< Selects the hysteresis voltage of the comparator. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_Hysteresis */ + + uint32_t COMP_Mode; /*!< Selects the operating mode of the comparator + and allows to adjust the speed/consumption. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_Mode */ + +}COMP_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Selection + * @{ + */ + +#define COMP_Selection_COMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< COMP1 Selection */ +#define COMP_Selection_COMP2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< COMP2 Selection */ +#define COMP_Selection_COMP3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< COMP3 Selection */ +#define COMP_Selection_COMP4 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< COMP4 Selection */ +#define COMP_Selection_COMP5 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< COMP5 Selection */ +#define COMP_Selection_COMP6 ((uint32_t)0x00000014) /*!< COMP6 Selection */ +#define COMP_Selection_COMP7 ((uint32_t)0x00000018) /*!< COMP7 Selection */ + +#define IS_COMP_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP7)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_InvertingInput + * @{ + */ + +#define COMP_InvertingInput_1_4VREFINT ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< 1/4 VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_1_2VREFINT COMP_CSR_COMPxINSEL_0 /*!< 1/2 VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_3_4VREFINT COMP_CSR_COMPxINSEL_1 /*!< 3/4 VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_VREFINT ((uint32_t)0x00000030) /*!< VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_DAC1 COMP_CSR_COMPxINSEL_2 /*!< DAC1_OUT (PA4) connected to comparator inverting input */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_DAC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000050) /*!< DAC2_OUT (PA5) connected to comparator inverting input */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_IO1 ((uint32_t)0x00000060) /*!< I/O1 (PA0 for COMP1, PA2 for COMP2, PD15 for COMP3, + PE8 for COMP4, PD13 for COMP5, PD10 for COMP6, + PC0 for COMP7) connected to comparator inverting input */ + +#define COMP_InvertingInput_IO2 COMP_CSR_COMPxINSEL /*!< I/O2 (PB12 for COMP3, PB2 for COMP4, PB10 for COMP5, + PB15 for COMP6) connected to comparator inverting input */ + +#define IS_COMP_INVERTING_INPUT(INPUT) (((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_1_4VREFINT) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_1_2VREFINT) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_3_4VREFINT) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_VREFINT) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_DAC1) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_DAC2) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_IO1) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_IO2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_NonInvertingInput + * @{ + */ + +#define COMP_NonInvertingInput_IO1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< I/O1 (PA1 for COMP1, PA7 for COMP2, PB14 for COMP3, + PB0 for COMP4, PD12 for COMP5, PD11 for COMP6, + PA0 for COMP7) connected to comparator non inverting input */ + +#define COMP_NonInvertingInput_IO2 COMP_CSR_COMPxNONINSEL /*!< I/O2 (PA3 for COMP2, PD14 for COMP3, PE7 for COMP4, PB13 for COMP5, + PB11 for COMP6, PC1 for COMP7) connected to comparator non inverting input */ + +#define IS_COMP_NONINVERTING_INPUT(INPUT) (((INPUT) == COMP_NonInvertingInput_IO1) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_NonInvertingInput_IO2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Output + * @{ + */ + +#define COMP_Output_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< COMP output isn't connected to other peripherals */ + +/* Output Redirection common for all comparators COMP1...COMP7 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM1BKIN COMP_CSR_COMPxOUTSEL_0 /*!< COMP output connected to TIM1 Break Input (BKIN) */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM1BKIN2 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM1 Break Input 2 (BKIN2) */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM8BKIN ((uint32_t)0x00000C00) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM8 Break Input (BKIN) */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM8BKIN2 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM8 Break Input 2 (BKIN2) */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM1BKIN2_TIM8BKIN2 ((uint32_t)0x00001400) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM1 Break Input 2 and TIM8 Break Input 2 */ + +/* Output Redirection common for COMP1 and COMP2 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM1OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00001800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM1 OCREF Clear */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM1IC1 ((uint32_t)0x00001C00) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM1 Input Capture 1 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM2IC4 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM2 Input Capture 4 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM2OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00002400) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM2 OCREF Clear */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM3IC1 ((uint32_t)0x00002800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM3 Input Capture 1 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM3OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00002C00) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM3 OCREF Clear */ + +/* Output Redirection specific to COMP3 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM4IC1 ((uint32_t)0x00001C00) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM4 Input Capture 1 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM3IC2 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM3 Input Capture 2 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM15IC1 ((uint32_t)0x00002800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM15 Input Capture 1 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM15BKIN ((uint32_t)0x00002C00) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM15 Break Input (BKIN) */ + +/* Output Redirection specific to COMP4 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM3IC3 ((uint32_t)0x00001800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM3 Input Capture 3 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM8OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00001C00) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM8 OCREF Clear */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM15IC2 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM15 Input Capture 2 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM4IC2 ((uint32_t)0x00002400) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM4 Input Capture 2 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM15OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00002800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM15 OCREF Clear */ + +/* Output Redirection specific to COMP5 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM2IC1 ((uint32_t)0x00001800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM2 Input Capture 1 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM17IC1 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM17 Input Capture 1 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM4IC3 ((uint32_t)0x00002400) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM4 Input Capture 3 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM16BKIN ((uint32_t)0x00002800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM16 Break Input (BKIN) */ + +/* Output Redirection specific to COMP6 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM2IC2 ((uint32_t)0x00001800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM2 Input Capture 2 */ +#define COMP_Output_COMP6TIM2OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM2 OCREF Clear */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM16OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00002400) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM16 OCREF Clear */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM16IC1 ((uint32_t)0x00002800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM16 Input Capture 1 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM4IC4 ((uint32_t)0x00002C00) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM4 Input Capture 4 */ + +/* Output Redirection specific to COMP7 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM2IC3 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM2 Input Capture 3 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM1IC2 ((uint32_t)0x00002400) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM1 Input Capture 2 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM17OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00002800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM16 OCREF Clear */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM17BKIN ((uint32_t)0x00002C00) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM16 Break Input (BKIN) */ + +#define IS_COMP_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_None) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM1BKIN) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM1IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM1OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM2IC4) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM2OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_COMP6TIM2OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM3IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM3OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM8BKIN) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM1BKIN2) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM8BKIN2) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM2OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM1BKIN2_TIM8BKIN2) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM3IC2) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM4IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM15IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM15BKIN) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM8OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM3IC3) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM4IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM15IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM2IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM4IC3) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM16BKIN) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM17IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM2IC2) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM16IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM4IC4) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM16OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM2IC3) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM1IC2) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM17BKIN) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM17OCREFCLR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_BlankingSrce + * @{ + */ + +/* No blanking source can be selected for all comparators */ +#define COMP_BlankingSrce_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< No blanking source */ + +/* Blanking source common for COMP1, COMP2, COMP3 and COMP7 */ +#define COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM1OC5 COMP_CSR_COMPxBLANKING_0 /*!< TIM1 OC5 selected as blanking source for compartor */ + +/* Blanking source common for COMP1 and COMP2 */ +#define COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM2OC3 COMP_CSR_COMPxBLANKING_1 /*!< TIM2 OC5 selected as blanking source for compartor */ + +/* Blanking source common for COMP1, COMP2 and COMP5 */ +#define COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM3OC3 ((uint32_t)0x000C0000) /*!< TIM2 OC3 selected as blanking source for compartor */ + +/* Blanking source common for COMP3 and COMP6 */ +#define COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM2OC4 ((uint32_t)0x000C0000) /*!< TIM2 OC4 selected as blanking source for compartor */ + +/* Blanking source common for COMP4, COMP5, COMP6 and COMP7 */ +#define COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM8OC5 COMP_CSR_COMPxBLANKING_1 /*!< TIM8 OC5 selected as blanking source for compartor */ + +/* Blanking source for COMP4 */ +#define COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM3OC4 COMP_CSR_COMPxBLANKING_0 /*!< TIM3 OC4 selected as blanking source for compartor */ +#define COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM15OC1 ((uint32_t)0x000C0000) /*!< TIM15 OC1 selected as blanking source for compartor */ + +/* Blanking source common for COMP6 and COMP7 */ +#define COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM15OC2 COMP_CSR_COMPxBLANKING_2 /*!< TIM15 OC2 selected as blanking source for compartor */ + +#define IS_COMP_BLANKING_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == COMP_BlankingSrce_None) || \ + ((SOURCE) == COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM1OC5) || \ + ((SOURCE) == COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM2OC3) || \ + ((SOURCE) == COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM3OC3) || \ + ((SOURCE) == COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM2OC4) || \ + ((SOURCE) == COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM8OC5) || \ + ((SOURCE) == COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM3OC4) || \ + ((SOURCE) == COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM15OC1) || \ + ((SOURCE) == COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM15OC2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_OutputPoloarity + * @{ + */ +#define COMP_OutputPol_NonInverted ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< COMP output on GPIO isn't inverted */ +#define COMP_OutputPol_Inverted COMP_CSR_COMPxPOL /*!< COMP output on GPIO is inverted */ + +#define IS_COMP_OUTPUT_POL(POL) (((POL) == COMP_OutputPol_NonInverted) || \ + ((POL) == COMP_OutputPol_Inverted)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Hysteresis + * @{ + */ +/* Please refer to the electrical characteristics in the device datasheet for + the hysteresis level */ +#define COMP_Hysteresis_No 0x00000000 /*!< No hysteresis */ +#define COMP_Hysteresis_Low COMP_CSR_COMPxHYST_0 /*!< Hysteresis level low */ +#define COMP_Hysteresis_Medium COMP_CSR_COMPxHYST_1 /*!< Hysteresis level medium */ +#define COMP_Hysteresis_High COMP_CSR_COMPxHYST /*!< Hysteresis level high */ + +#define IS_COMP_HYSTERESIS(HYSTERESIS) (((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_Hysteresis_No) || \ + ((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_Hysteresis_Low) || \ + ((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_Hysteresis_Medium) || \ + ((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_Hysteresis_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Mode + * @{ + */ +/* Please refer to the electrical characteristics in the device datasheet for + the power consumption values */ +#define COMP_Mode_HighSpeed 0x00000000 /*!< High Speed */ +#define COMP_Mode_MediumSpeed COMP_CSR_COMPxMODE_0 /*!< Medium Speed */ +#define COMP_Mode_LowPower COMP_CSR_COMPxMODE_1 /*!< Low power mode */ +#define COMP_Mode_UltraLowPower COMP_CSR_COMPxMODE /*!< Ultra-low power mode */ + +#define IS_COMP_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == COMP_Mode_UltraLowPower) || \ + ((MODE) == COMP_Mode_LowPower) || \ + ((MODE) == COMP_Mode_MediumSpeed) || \ + ((MODE) == COMP_Mode_HighSpeed)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_OutputLevel + * @{ + */ +/* When output polarity is not inverted, comparator output is high when + the non-inverting input is at a higher voltage than the inverting input */ +#define COMP_OutputLevel_High COMP_CSR_COMPxOUT +/* When output polarity is not inverted, comparator output is low when + the non-inverting input is at a lower voltage than the inverting input*/ +#define COMP_OutputLevel_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_WindowMode + * @{ + */ +#define IS_COMP_WINDOW(WINDOW) (((WINDOW) == COMP_Selection_COMP2) || \ + ((WINDOW) == COMP_Selection_COMP4) || \ + ((WINDOW) == COMP_Selection_COMP6)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the COMP configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void COMP_DeInit(uint32_t COMP_Selection); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void COMP_Init(uint32_t COMP_Selection, COMP_InitTypeDef* COMP_InitStruct); +void COMP_StructInit(COMP_InitTypeDef* COMP_InitStruct); +void COMP_Cmd(uint32_t COMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState); +void COMP_SwitchCmd(uint32_t COMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState); +uint32_t COMP_GetOutputLevel(uint32_t COMP_Selection); + +/* Window mode control function ***********************************************/ +void COMP_WindowCmd(uint32_t COMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* COMP configuration locking function ****************************************/ +void COMP_LockConfig(uint32_t COMP_Selection); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F30x_COMP_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_crc.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_crc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3f317e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_crc.h @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_crc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CRC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_CRC_H +#define __STM32F30x_CRC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/*!< Includes ----------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup CRC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CRC_ReverseInputData + * @{ + */ +#define CRC_ReverseInputData_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< No reverse operation of Input Data */ +#define CRC_ReverseInputData_8bits CRC_CR_REV_IN_0 /*!< Reverse operation of Input Data on 8 bits */ +#define CRC_ReverseInputData_16bits CRC_CR_REV_IN_1 /*!< Reverse operation of Input Data on 16 bits */ +#define CRC_ReverseInputData_32bits CRC_CR_REV_IN /*!< Reverse operation of Input Data on 32 bits */ + +#define IS_CRC_REVERSE_INPUT_DATA(DATA) (((DATA) == CRC_ReverseInputData_No) || \ + ((DATA) == CRC_ReverseInputData_8bits) || \ + ((DATA) == CRC_ReverseInputData_16bits) || \ + ((DATA) == CRC_ReverseInputData_32bits)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_PolynomialSize + * @{ + */ +#define CRC_PolSize_7 CRC_CR_POLSIZE /*!< 7-bit polynomial for CRC calculation */ +#define CRC_PolSize_8 CRC_CR_POLSIZE_1 /*!< 8-bit polynomial for CRC calculation */ +#define CRC_PolSize_16 CRC_CR_POLSIZE_0 /*!< 16-bit polynomial for CRC calculation */ +#define CRC_PolSize_32 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)/*!< 32-bit polynomial for CRC calculation */ + +#define IS_CRC_POL_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == CRC_PolSize_7) || \ + ((SIZE) == CRC_PolSize_8) || \ + ((SIZE) == CRC_PolSize_16) || \ + ((SIZE) == CRC_PolSize_32)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* Configuration of the CRC computation unit **********************************/ +void CRC_DeInit(void); +void CRC_ResetDR(void); +void CRC_PolynomialSizeSelect(uint32_t CRC_PolSize); +void CRC_ReverseInputDataSelect(uint32_t CRC_ReverseInputData); +void CRC_ReverseOutputDataCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void CRC_SetInitRegister(uint32_t CRC_InitValue); +void CRC_SetPolynomial(uint32_t CRC_Pol); + +/* CRC computation ************************************************************/ +uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t CRC_Data); +uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC16bits(uint16_t CRC_Data); +uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC8bits(uint8_t CRC_Data); +uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength); +uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void); + +/* Independent register (IDR) access (write/read) *****************************/ +void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t CRC_IDValue); +uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30x_CRC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_dac.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_dac.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0626be1 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_dac.h @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_dac.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DAC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_DAC_H +#define __STM32F30x_DAC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DAC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define DAC_CR_DMAUDRIE ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< DAC channel DMA underrun interrupt enable */ + +/** + * @brief DAC Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t DAC_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the external trigger for the selected DAC channel. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_trigger_selection */ + + uint32_t DAC_WaveGeneration; /*!< Specifies whether DAC channel noise waves or triangle waves + are generated, or whether no wave is generated. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_wave_generation */ + + uint32_t DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude; /*!< Specifies the LFSR mask for noise wave generation or + the maximum amplitude triangle generation for the DAC channel. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude */ + + uint32_t DAC_OutputBuffer; /*!< Specifies whether the DAC channel output buffer is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_output_buffer */ +}DAC_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_trigger_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Trigger_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Conversion is automatic once the DAC1_DHRxxxx register + has been loaded, and not by external trigger */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000024) /*!< TIM2 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T3_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< TIM8 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000002C) /*!< TIM4 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< TIM6 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000014) /*!< TIM7 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T8_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< TIM8 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T15_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000001C) /*!< TIM15 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9 ((uint32_t)0x00000034) /*!< EXTI Line9 event selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_Software ((uint32_t)0x0000003C) /*!< Conversion started by software trigger for DAC channel */ + +#define IS_DAC_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_None) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T3_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T8_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T15_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Software)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_WaveGeneration_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_None) || \ + ((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise) || \ + ((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 3 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 7 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 15 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 31 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 63 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 127 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 255 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 511 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1023 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 2047 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 4095 */ + +#define IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_output_buffer + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Channel_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Channel_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_Channel_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define IS_DAC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_data_alignement + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Align_12b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_Align_12b_L ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DAC_Align_8b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define IS_DAC_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_R) || \ + ((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_L) || \ + ((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_8b_R)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Wave_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DAC_Wave_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define IS_DAC_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Noise) || \ + ((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Triangle)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_data + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_DAC_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0xFFF0) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ +#define DAC_IT_DMAUDR ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define IS_DAC_IT(IT) (((IT) == DAC_IT_DMAUDR)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define IS_DAC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the DAC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void DAC_DeInit(void); + +/* DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format functions */ +void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct); +void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct); +void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data); +void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data); +void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1); +uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel); + +/* DMA management functions ***************************************************/ +void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void DAC_ITConfig(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG); +void DAC_ClearFlag(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG); +ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT); +void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F30x_DAC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_dbgmcu.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_dbgmcu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..44a5882 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_dbgmcu.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_dbgmcu.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DBGMCU firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_DBGMCU_H +#define __STM32F30x_DBGMCU_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DBGMCU + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ +#define DBGMCU_SLEEP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DBGMCU_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DBGMCU_STANDBY ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFF8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +#define DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define DBGMCU_RTC_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define DBGMCU_CAN1_STOP ((uint32_t)0x02000000) + +#define IS_DBGMCU_APB1PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFD9FE3C8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +#define DBGMCU_TIM1_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DBGMCU_TIM8_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DBGMCU_TIM15_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DBGMCU_TIM16_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define DBGMCU_TIM17_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define IS_DBGMCU_APB2PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFE0) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Device and Revision ID management functions ********************************/ +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void); +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void); + +/* Peripherals Configuration functions ****************************************/ +void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void DBGMCU_APB1PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void DBGMCU_APB2PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30x_DBGMCU_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_gpio.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_gpio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9a746f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_gpio.h @@ -0,0 +1,394 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_gpio.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the GPIO + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_GPIO_H +#define __STM32F30x_GPIO_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup GPIO + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == GPIOA) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOB) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOC) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOD) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOE) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOF)) + +#define IS_GPIO_LIST_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == GPIOA) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOB) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOD)) +/** @defgroup Configuration_Mode_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_Mode_IN = 0x00, /*!< GPIO Input Mode */ + GPIO_Mode_OUT = 0x01, /*!< GPIO Output Mode */ + GPIO_Mode_AF = 0x02, /*!< GPIO Alternate function Mode */ + GPIO_Mode_AN = 0x03 /*!< GPIO Analog In/Out Mode */ +}GPIOMode_TypeDef; + +#define IS_GPIO_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_IN)|| ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_OUT) || \ + ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AF)|| ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AN)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Output_type_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_OType_PP = 0x00, + GPIO_OType_OD = 0x01 +}GPIOOType_TypeDef; + +#define IS_GPIO_OTYPE(OTYPE) (((OTYPE) == GPIO_OType_PP) || ((OTYPE) == GPIO_OType_OD)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Output_Maximum_frequency_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_Speed_Level_1 = 0x01, /*!< Fast Speed */ + GPIO_Speed_Level_2 = 0x02, /*!< Meduim Speed */ + GPIO_Speed_Level_3 = 0x03 /*!< High Speed */ +}GPIOSpeed_TypeDef; + +#define IS_GPIO_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_Level_1) || ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_Level_2) || \ + ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_Level_3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Configuration_Pull-Up_Pull-Down_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL = 0x00, + GPIO_PuPd_UP = 0x01, + GPIO_PuPd_DOWN = 0x02 +}GPIOPuPd_TypeDef; + +#define IS_GPIO_PUPD(PUPD) (((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL) || ((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_UP) || \ + ((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_DOWN)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Bit_SET_and_Bit_RESET_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ + Bit_RESET = 0, + Bit_SET +}BitAction; + +#define IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == Bit_RESET) || ((ACTION) == Bit_SET)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief GPIO Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t GPIO_Pin; /*!< Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured. + This parameter can be any value of @ref GPIO_pins_define */ + + GPIOMode_TypeDef GPIO_Mode; /*!< Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOMode_TypeDef */ + + GPIOSpeed_TypeDef GPIO_Speed; /*!< Specifies the speed for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOSpeed_TypeDef */ + + GPIOOType_TypeDef GPIO_OType; /*!< Specifies the operating output type for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOOType_TypeDef */ + + GPIOPuPd_TypeDef GPIO_PuPd; /*!< Specifies the operating Pull-up/Pull down for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOPuPd_TypeDef */ +}GPIO_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_pins_define + * @{ + */ +#define GPIO_Pin_0 ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Pin 0 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< Pin 1 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Pin 2 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< Pin 3 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) /*!< Pin 4 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_5 ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< Pin 5 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_6 ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< Pin 6 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_7 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< Pin 7 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_8 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< Pin 8 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_9 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< Pin 9 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_10 ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< Pin 10 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_11 ((uint16_t)0x0800) /*!< Pin 11 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_12 ((uint16_t)0x1000) /*!< Pin 12 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_13 ((uint16_t)0x2000) /*!< Pin 13 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_14 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< Pin 14 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_15 ((uint16_t)0x8000) /*!< Pin 15 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_All ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) /*!< All pins selected */ + +#define IS_GPIO_PIN(PIN) ((PIN) != (uint16_t)0x00) + +#define IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_0) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_1) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_2) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_3) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_4) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_5) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_6) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_7) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_8) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_9) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_10) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_11) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_12) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_13) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_14) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_15)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Pin_sources + * @{ + */ +#define GPIO_PinSource0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define GPIO_PinSource1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define GPIO_PinSource2 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define GPIO_PinSource3 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define GPIO_PinSource4 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define GPIO_PinSource5 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define GPIO_PinSource6 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define GPIO_PinSource7 ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define GPIO_PinSource8 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define GPIO_PinSource9 ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define GPIO_PinSource10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) +#define GPIO_PinSource11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) +#define GPIO_PinSource12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define GPIO_PinSource13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) +#define GPIO_PinSource14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) +#define GPIO_PinSource15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) + +#define IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(PINSOURCE) (((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource0) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource1) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource2) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource3) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource4) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource5) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource6) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource7) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource8) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource9) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource10) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource11) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource12) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource13) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource14) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource15)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Alternate_function_selection_define + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief AF 0 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /* JTCK-SWCLK, JTDI, JTDO/TRACESW0, JTMS-SWDAT, + MCO, NJTRST, TRACED, TRACECK */ +/** + * @brief AF 1 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /* OUT, TIM2, TIM15, TIM16, TIM17 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 2 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_2 ((uint8_t)0x02) /* COMP1_OUT, TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM8, TIM15 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 3 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_3 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* COMP7_OUT, TIM8, TIM15, Touch */ + +/** + * @brief AF 4 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_4 ((uint8_t)0x04) /* I2C1, I2C2, TIM1, TIM8, TIM16, TIM17 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 5 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_5 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* IR_OUT, I2S2, I2S3, SPI1, SPI2, TIM8, USART4, USART5 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 6 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_6 ((uint8_t)0x06) /* IR_OUT, I2S2, I2S3, SPI2, SPI3, TIM1, TIM8 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 7 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_7 ((uint8_t)0x07) /* AOP2_OUT, CAN, COMP3_OUT, COMP5_OUT, COMP6_OUT, + USART1, USART2, USART3 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 8 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_8 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* COMP1_OUT, COMP2_OUT, COMP3_OUT, COMP4_OUT, + COMP5_OUT, COMP6_OUT */ + +/** + * @brief AF 9 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_9 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* AOP4_OUT, CAN, TIM1, TIM8, TIM15 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 10 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) /* AOP1_OUT, AOP3_OUT, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM8, TIM17 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 11 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) /* TIM1, TIM8 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 12 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_12 ((uint8_t)0x0E) /* TIM1 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 14 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) /* USBDM, USBDP */ + +/** + * @brief AF 15 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) /* OUT */ + +#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) == GPIO_AF_0)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_1)||\ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_2)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_3)||\ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_4)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_5)||\ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_6)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_7)||\ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_8)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_9)||\ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_10)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_11)||\ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_14)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_15)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Speed_Legacy + * @{ + */ + +#define GPIO_Speed_10MHz GPIO_Speed_Level_1 /*!< Fast Speed:10MHz */ +#define GPIO_Speed_2MHz GPIO_Speed_Level_2 /*!< Medium Speed:2MHz */ +#define GPIO_Speed_50MHz GPIO_Speed_Level_3 /*!< High Speed:50MHz */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* Function used to set the GPIO configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct); +void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct); +void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); + +/* GPIO Read and Write functions **********************************************/ +uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); +uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); +void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal); +void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal); + +/* GPIO Alternate functions configuration functions ***************************/ +void GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_PinSource, uint8_t GPIO_AF); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30x_GPIO_H */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_iwdg.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_iwdg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..66dffe7 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_iwdg.h @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_iwdg.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the IWDG + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30X_IWDG_H +#define __STM32F30X_IWDG_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup IWDG + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_WriteAccess + * @{ + */ + +#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable ((uint16_t)0x5555) +#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(ACCESS) (((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) || \ + ((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define IWDG_Prescaler_4 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_8 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_16 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_32 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_64 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_128 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_256 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_8) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_16) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_32) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_64) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_128)|| \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_256)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Flag + * @{ + */ + +#define IWDG_FLAG_PVU ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IWDG_FLAG_RVU ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define IWDG_FLAG_WVU ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define IS_IWDG_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_PVU) || ((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_RVU) || \ + ((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_WVU)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Reload_Value + * @{ + */ +#define IS_IWDG_RELOAD(RELOAD) ((RELOAD) <= 0xFFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_CounterWindow_Value + * @{ + */ +#define IS_IWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0xFFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Prescaler and Counter configuration functions ******************************/ +void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess); +void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler); +void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload); +void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void); +void IWDG_SetWindowValue(uint16_t WindowValue); + +/* IWDG activation function ***************************************************/ +void IWDG_Enable(void); + +/* Flag management function ***************************************************/ +FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30X_IWDG_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_misc.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_misc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea77dc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_misc.h @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_misc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the miscellaneous + * firmware library functions (add-on to CMSIS functions). + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_MISC_H +#define __STM32F30x_MISC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup MISC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief NVIC Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannel; /*!< Specifies the IRQ channel to be enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref IRQn_Type (For + the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please + refer to stm32f30x.h file) */ + + uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority; /*!< Specifies the pre-emption priority for the IRQ channel + specified in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value + between 0 and 15. + A lower priority value indicates a higher priority */ + + + uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority; /*!< Specifies the subpriority level for the IRQ channel specified + in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value + between 0 and 15. + A lower priority value indicates a higher priority */ + + FunctionalState NVIC_IRQChannelCmd; /*!< Specifies whether the IRQ channel defined in NVIC_IRQChannel + will be enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */ +} NVIC_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * +@verbatim + The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according + to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig function + ============================================================================================================================ + NVIC_PriorityGroup | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority | Description + ============================================================================================================================ + NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 | 0 | 0-15 | 0 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 4 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 | 0-1 | 0-7 | 1 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 3 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 | 0-3 | 0-3 | 2 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 2 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 | 0-7 | 0-1 | 3 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 1 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 | 0-15 | 0 | 4 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 0 bits for subpriority + ============================================================================================================================ +@endverbatim +*/ + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Vector_Table_Base + * @{ + */ + +#define NVIC_VectTab_RAM ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define NVIC_VectTab_FLASH ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#define IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(VECTTAB) (((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_RAM) || \ + ((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_FLASH)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_System_Low_Power + * @{ + */ + +#define NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IS_NVIC_LP(LP) (((LP) == NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND) || \ + ((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP) || \ + ((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Preemption_Priority_Group + * @{ + */ + +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 ((uint32_t)0x700) /*!< 0 bits for pre-emption priority + 4 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 ((uint32_t)0x600) /*!< 1 bits for pre-emption priority + 3 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 ((uint32_t)0x500) /*!< 2 bits for pre-emption priority + 2 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 ((uint32_t)0x400) /*!< 3 bits for pre-emption priority + 1 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 ((uint32_t)0x300) /*!< 4 bits for pre-emption priority + 0 bits for subpriority */ + +#define IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(GROUP) (((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_0) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_1) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_2) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_3) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_4)) + +#define IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10) + +#define IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10) + +#define IS_NVIC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) < 0x000FFFFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_SysTick_clock_source + */ + +#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFB) +#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK) || \ + ((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup); +void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct); +void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset); +void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState); +void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30x_MISC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_rtc.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_rtc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2ab108 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_rtc.h @@ -0,0 +1,852 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_rtc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the RTC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_RTC_H +#define __STM32F30x_RTC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RTC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief RTC Init structures definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t RTC_HourFormat; /*!< Specifies the RTC Hour Format. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Hour_Formats */ + + uint32_t RTC_AsynchPrediv; /*!< Specifies the RTC Asynchronous Predivider value. + This parameter must be set to a value lower than 0x7F */ + + uint32_t RTC_SynchPrediv; /*!< Specifies the RTC Synchronous Predivider value. + This parameter must be set to a value lower than 0x1FFF */ +}RTC_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief RTC Time structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t RTC_Hours; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Hour. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-12 range + if the RTC_HourFormat_12 is selected or 0-23 range if + the RTC_HourFormat_24 is selected. */ + + uint8_t RTC_Minutes; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Minutes. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-59 range. */ + + uint8_t RTC_Seconds; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Seconds. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-59 range. */ + + uint8_t RTC_H12; /*!< Specifies the RTC AM/PM Time. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AM_PM_Definitions */ +}RTC_TimeTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief RTC Date structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t RTC_WeekDay; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date WeekDay. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_WeekDay_Definitions */ + + uint8_t RTC_Month; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date Month (in BCD format). + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Month_Date_Definitions */ + + uint8_t RTC_Date; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 1-31 range. */ + + uint8_t RTC_Year; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date Year. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-99 range. */ +}RTC_DateTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief RTC Alarm structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + RTC_TimeTypeDef RTC_AlarmTime; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Time members. */ + + uint32_t RTC_AlarmMask; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Masks. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AlarmMask_Definitions */ + + uint32_t RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm is on Date or WeekDay. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay_Definitions */ + + uint8_t RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Date/WeekDay. + If the Alarm Date is selected, this parameter + must be set to a value in the 1-31 range. + If the Alarm WeekDay is selected, this + parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_WeekDay_Definitions */ +}RTC_AlarmTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Hour_Formats + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_HourFormat_24 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_HourFormat_12 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == RTC_HourFormat_12) || \ + ((FORMAT) == RTC_HourFormat_24)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Asynchronous_Predivider + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(PREDIV) ((PREDIV) <= 0x7F) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Synchronous_Predivider + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(PREDIV) ((PREDIV) <= 0x7FFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Time_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_HOUR12(HOUR) (((HOUR) > 0) && ((HOUR) <= 12)) +#define IS_RTC_HOUR24(HOUR) ((HOUR) <= 23) +#define IS_RTC_MINUTES(MINUTES) ((MINUTES) <= 59) +#define IS_RTC_SECONDS(SECONDS) ((SECONDS) <= 59) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_AM_PM_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_H12_AM ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RTC_H12_PM ((uint8_t)0x40) +#define IS_RTC_H12(PM) (((PM) == RTC_H12_AM) || ((PM) == RTC_H12_PM)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Year_Date_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_YEAR(YEAR) ((YEAR) <= 99) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Month_Date_Definitions + * @{ + */ + +/* Coded in BCD format */ +#define RTC_Month_January ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RTC_Month_February ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define RTC_Month_March ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define RTC_Month_April ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define RTC_Month_May ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define RTC_Month_June ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define RTC_Month_July ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define RTC_Month_August ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define RTC_Month_September ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define RTC_Month_October ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define RTC_Month_November ((uint8_t)0x11) +#define RTC_Month_December ((uint8_t)0x12) +#define IS_RTC_MONTH(MONTH) (((MONTH) >= 1) && ((MONTH) <= 12)) +#define IS_RTC_DATE(DATE) (((DATE) >= 1) && ((DATE) <= 31)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_WeekDay_Definitions + * @{ + */ + +#define RTC_Weekday_Monday ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RTC_Weekday_Tuesday ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define RTC_Weekday_Wednesday ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define RTC_Weekday_Thursday ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define RTC_Weekday_Friday ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define RTC_Weekday_Saturday ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define RTC_Weekday_Sunday ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(WEEKDAY) (((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Monday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Tuesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Wednesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Thursday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Friday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Saturday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Sunday)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Alarm_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(DATE) (((DATE) > 0) && ((DATE) <= 31)) +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(WEEKDAY) (((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Monday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Tuesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Wednesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Thursday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Friday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Saturday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Sunday)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_WeekDay ((uint32_t)0x40000000) + +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(SEL) (((SEL) == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) || \ + ((SEL) == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_WeekDay)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_AlarmMask_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_AlarmMask_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_DateWeekDay ((uint32_t)0x80000000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_Hours ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_Minutes ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_Seconds ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_All ((uint32_t)0x80808080) +#define IS_ALARM_MASK(MASK) (((MASK) & 0x7F7F7F7F) == (uint32_t)RESET) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Alarms_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Alarm_A ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RTC_Alarm_B ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define IS_RTC_ALARM(ALARM) (((ALARM) == RTC_Alarm_A) || ((ALARM) == RTC_Alarm_B)) +#define IS_RTC_CMD_ALARM(ALARM) (((ALARM) & (RTC_Alarm_A | RTC_Alarm_B)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Alarm_Sub_Seconds_Masks_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_All ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< All Alarm SS fields are masked. + There is no comparison on sub seconds + for Alarm */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_1 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< SS[14:1] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[0] is compared. */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_2 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< SS[14:2] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[1:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_3 ((uint32_t)0x03000000) /*!< SS[14:3] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[2:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_4 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< SS[14:4] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[3:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_5 ((uint32_t)0x05000000) /*!< SS[14:5] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[4:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_6 ((uint32_t)0x06000000) /*!< SS[14:6] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[5:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_7 ((uint32_t)0x07000000) /*!< SS[14:7] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[6:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_8 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< SS[14:8] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[7:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_9 ((uint32_t)0x09000000) /*!< SS[14:9] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[8:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_10 ((uint32_t)0x0A000000) /*!< SS[14:10] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[9:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_11 ((uint32_t)0x0B000000) /*!< SS[14:11] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[10:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_12 ((uint32_t)0x0C000000) /*!< SS[14:12] are don't care in Alarm + comparison.Only SS[11:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_13 ((uint32_t)0x0D000000) /*!< SS[14:13] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[12:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14 ((uint32_t)0x0E000000) /*!< SS[14] is don't care in Alarm + comparison.Only SS[13:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_None ((uint32_t)0x0F000000) /*!< SS[14:0] are compared and must match + to activate alarm. */ +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(MASK) (((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_All) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_1) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_2) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_3) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_4) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_5) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_6) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_7) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_8) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_9) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_10) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_11) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_12) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_13) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_None)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Alarm_Sub_Seconds_Value + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x00007FFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Wakeup_Timer_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +#define IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits)) +#define IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(COUNTER) ((COUNTER) <= 0xFFFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Time_Stamp_Edges_definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising) || \ + ((EDGE) == RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Output_selection_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Output_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_Output_AlarmA ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define RTC_Output_AlarmB ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define RTC_Output_WakeUp ((uint32_t)0x00600000) + +#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_Disable) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_AlarmA) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_AlarmB) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_WakeUp)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Output_Polarity_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_OutputPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_OutputPolarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(POL) (((POL) == RTC_OutputPolarity_High) || \ + ((POL) == RTC_OutputPolarity_Low)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Digital_Calibration_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_CalibSign_Positive ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_CalibSign_Negative ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define IS_RTC_CALIB_SIGN(SIGN) (((SIGN) == RTC_CalibSign_Positive) || \ + ((SIGN) == RTC_CalibSign_Negative)) +#define IS_RTC_CALIB_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) < 0x20) + +/** + * @} + */ + + /** @defgroup RTC_Calib_Output_selection_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_CalibOutput_512Hz ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_CalibOutput_1Hz ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == RTC_CalibOutput_512Hz) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == RTC_CalibOutput_1Hz)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Smooth_calib_period_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_32sec ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< if RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibation + period is 32s, else 2exp20 RTCCLK seconds */ +#define RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_16sec ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< if RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibation + period is 16s, else 2exp19 RTCCLK seconds */ +#define RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_8sec ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< if RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibation + period is 8s, else 2exp18 RTCCLK seconds */ +#define IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD(PERIOD) (((PERIOD) == RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_32sec) || \ + ((PERIOD) == RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_16sec) || \ + ((PERIOD) == RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_8sec)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Smooth_calib_Plus_pulses_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Set ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< The number of RTCCLK pulses added + during a X -second window = Y - CALM[8:0]. + with Y = 512, 256, 128 when X = 32, 16, 8 */ +#define RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< The number of RTCCLK pulses subbstited + during a 32-second window = CALM[8:0]. */ +#define IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS(PLUS) (((PLUS) == RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Set) || \ + ((PLUS) == RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Reset)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Smooth_calib_Minus_pulses_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x000001FF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_DayLightSaving_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(SAVE) (((SAVE) == RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H) || \ + ((SAVE) == RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H)) + +#define RTC_StoreOperation_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_StoreOperation_Set ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(OPERATION) (((OPERATION) == RTC_StoreOperation_Reset) || \ + ((OPERATION) == RTC_StoreOperation_Set)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Trigger_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RTC_TamperTrigger_LowLevel ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_TamperTrigger_HighLevel ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_LowLevel) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_HighLevel)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Filter_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TamperFilter_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Tamper filter is disabled */ + +#define RTC_TamperFilter_2Sample ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Tamper is activated after 2 + consecutive samples at the active level */ +#define RTC_TamperFilter_4Sample ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Tamper is activated after 4 + consecutive samples at the active level */ +#define RTC_TamperFilter_8Sample ((uint32_t)0x00001800) /*!< Tamper is activated after 8 + consecutive samples at the active leve. */ +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(FILTER) (((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_Disable) || \ + ((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_2Sample) || \ + ((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_4Sample) || \ + ((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_8Sample)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Sampling_Frequencies_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div32768 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 32768 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div16384 ((uint32_t)0x000000100) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 16384 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div8192 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 8192 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div4096 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 4096 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div2048 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 2048 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div1024 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 1024 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div512 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 512 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div256 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 256 */ +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(FREQ) (((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div32768) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div16384) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div8192) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div4096) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div2048) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div1024) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div512) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div256)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + /** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Pin_Precharge_Duration_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_1RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before + sampling during 1 RTCCLK cycle */ +#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_2RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before + sampling during 2 RTCCLK cycles */ +#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_4RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before + sampling during 4 RTCCLK cycles */ +#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_8RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00006000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before + sampling during 8 RTCCLK cycles */ + +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(DURATION) (((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_1RTCCLK) || \ + ((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_2RTCCLK) || \ + ((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_4RTCCLK) || \ + ((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_8RTCCLK)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Pins_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Tamper_1 RTC_TAFCR_TAMP1E /*!< Tamper detection enable for + input tamper 1 */ +#define RTC_Tamper_2 RTC_TAFCR_TAMP2E /*!< Tamper detection enable for + input tamper 2 */ +#define RTC_Tamper_3 RTC_TAFCR_TAMP3E /*!< Tamper detection enable for + input tamper 3 */ + +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER(TAMPER) ((((TAMPER) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFD6) == 0x00) && ((TAMPER) != (uint32_t)RESET)) + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Output_Type_ALARM_OUT + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_OutputType_PushPull ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(TYPE) (((TYPE) == RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain) || \ + ((TYPE) == RTC_OutputType_PushPull)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Add_1_Second_Parameter_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Set ((uint32_t)0x80000000) +#define IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S(SEL) (((SEL) == RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Reset) || \ + ((SEL) == RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Set)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Substract_Fraction_Of_Second_Value + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS(FS) ((FS) <= 0x00007FFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Backup_Registers_Definitions + * @{ + */ + +#define RTC_BKP_DR0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_BKP_DR1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RTC_BKP_DR2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RTC_BKP_DR3 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define RTC_BKP_DR4 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RTC_BKP_DR5 ((uint32_t)0x00000005) +#define RTC_BKP_DR6 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +#define RTC_BKP_DR7 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) +#define RTC_BKP_DR8 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define RTC_BKP_DR9 ((uint32_t)0x00000009) +#define RTC_BKP_DR10 ((uint32_t)0x0000000A) +#define RTC_BKP_DR11 ((uint32_t)0x0000000B) +#define RTC_BKP_DR12 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) +#define RTC_BKP_DR13 ((uint32_t)0x0000000D) +#define RTC_BKP_DR14 ((uint32_t)0x0000000E) +#define RTC_BKP_DR15 ((uint32_t)0x0000000F) +#define IS_RTC_BKP(BKP) (((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR0) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR1) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR2) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR3) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR4) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR5) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR6) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR7) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR8) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR9) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR10) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR11) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR12) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR13) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR14) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR15)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Input_parameter_format_definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Format_BIN ((uint32_t)0x000000000) +#define RTC_Format_BCD ((uint32_t)0x000000001) +#define IS_RTC_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == RTC_Format_BIN) || ((FORMAT) == RTC_Format_BCD)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Flags_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_FLAG_RECALPF ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define RTC_FLAG_TSOVF ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define RTC_FLAG_TSF ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define RTC_FLAG_WUTF ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRBF ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRAF ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RTC_FLAG_INITF ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define RTC_FLAG_RSF ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define RTC_FLAG_INITS ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RTC_FLAG_SHPF ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define RTC_FLAG_WUTWF ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TSOVF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TSF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_WUTF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRBF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_INITF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_RSF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_RECALPF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_SHPF)) +#define IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((FLAG) & 0xFFFF00DF) == (uint32_t)RESET)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Interrupts_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_IT_TS ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define RTC_IT_WUT ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define RTC_IT_ALRB ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define RTC_IT_ALRA ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define RTC_IT_TAMP ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* Used only to Enable the Tamper Interrupt */ +#define RTC_IT_TAMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define RTC_IT_TAMP2 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define RTC_IT_TAMP3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) + + +#define IS_RTC_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((IT) & 0xFFFF0FFB) == (uint32_t)RESET)) +#define IS_RTC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RTC_IT_TS) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_WUT) || \ + ((IT) == RTC_IT_ALRB) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_ALRA) || \ + ((IT) == RTC_IT_TAMP1) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_TAMP2) || \ + ((IT) == RTC_IT_TAMP3)) +#define IS_RTC_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((IT) & 0xFFF10FFF) == (uint32_t)RESET)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the RTC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +ErrorStatus RTC_DeInit(void); + + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +ErrorStatus RTC_Init(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct); +void RTC_StructInit(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct); +void RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +ErrorStatus RTC_EnterInitMode(void); +void RTC_ExitInitMode(void); +ErrorStatus RTC_WaitForSynchro(void); +ErrorStatus RTC_RefClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_BypassShadowCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Time and Date configuration functions **************************************/ +ErrorStatus RTC_SetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct); +void RTC_TimeStructInit(RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct); +void RTC_GetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct); +uint32_t RTC_GetSubSecond(void); +ErrorStatus RTC_SetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct); +void RTC_DateStructInit(RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct); +void RTC_GetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct); + +/* Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions **********************/ +void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct); +void RTC_AlarmStructInit(RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct); +void RTC_GetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct); +ErrorStatus RTC_AlarmCmd(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_AlarmSubSecondConfig(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask); +uint32_t RTC_GetAlarmSubSecond(uint32_t RTC_Alarm); + +/* WakeUp Timer configuration functions ***************************************/ +void RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpClock); +void RTC_SetWakeUpCounter(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpCounter); +uint32_t RTC_GetWakeUpCounter(void); +ErrorStatus RTC_WakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Daylight Saving configuration functions ************************************/ +void RTC_DayLightSavingConfig(uint32_t RTC_DayLightSaving, uint32_t RTC_StoreOperation); +uint32_t RTC_GetStoreOperation(void); + +/* Output pin Configuration function ******************************************/ +void RTC_OutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_Output, uint32_t RTC_OutputPolarity); + +/* Digital Calibration configuration functions ********************************/ +void RTC_CalibOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_CalibOutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibOutput); +ErrorStatus RTC_SmoothCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod, + uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses, + uint32_t RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue); + +/* TimeStamp configuration functions ******************************************/ +void RTC_TimeStampCmd(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampEdge, FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_GetTimeStamp(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_StampTimeStruct, + RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_StampDateStruct); +uint32_t RTC_GetTimeStampSubSecond(void); + +/* Tampers configuration functions ********************************************/ +void RTC_TamperTriggerConfig(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, uint32_t RTC_TamperTrigger); +void RTC_TamperCmd(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_TamperFilterConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperFilter); +void RTC_TamperSamplingFreqConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperSamplingFreq); +void RTC_TamperPinsPrechargeDuration(uint32_t RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration); +void RTC_TimeStampOnTamperDetectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_TamperPullUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Backup Data Registers configuration functions ******************************/ +void RTC_WriteBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR, uint32_t Data); +uint32_t RTC_ReadBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR); + +/* Output Type Config configuration functions *********************************/ +void RTC_OutputTypeConfig(uint32_t RTC_OutputType); + +/* RTC_Shift_control_synchonisation_functions *********************************/ +ErrorStatus RTC_SynchroShiftConfig(uint32_t RTC_ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t RTC_ShiftSubFS); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void RTC_ITConfig(uint32_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t RTC_FLAG); +void RTC_ClearFlag(uint32_t RTC_FLAG); +ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint32_t RTC_IT); +void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t RTC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F30x_RTC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_spi.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_spi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7607e6d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_spi.h @@ -0,0 +1,606 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_spi.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SPI + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_SPI_H +#define __STM32F30x_SPI_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SPI + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief SPI Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t SPI_Direction; /*!< Specifies the SPI unidirectional or bidirectional data mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_direction */ + + uint16_t SPI_Mode; /*!< Specifies the SPI mode (Master/Slave). + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_mode */ + + uint16_t SPI_DataSize; /*!< Specifies the SPI data size. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_size */ + + uint16_t SPI_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the serial clock steady state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Polarity */ + + uint16_t SPI_CPHA; /*!< Specifies the clock active edge for the bit capture. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Phase */ + + uint16_t SPI_NSS; /*!< Specifies whether the NSS signal is managed by + hardware (NSS pin) or by software using the SSI bit. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Slave_Select_management */ + + uint16_t SPI_BaudRatePrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Baud Rate prescaler value which will be + used to configure the transmit and receive SCK clock. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler. + @note The communication clock is derived from the master + clock. The slave clock does not need to be set. */ + + uint16_t SPI_FirstBit; /*!< Specifies whether data transfers start from MSB or LSB bit. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission */ + + uint16_t SPI_CRCPolynomial; /*!< Specifies the polynomial used for the CRC calculation. */ +}SPI_InitTypeDef; + + +/** + * @brief I2S Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t I2S_Mode; /*!< Specifies the I2S operating mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Mode */ + + uint16_t I2S_Standard; /*!< Specifies the standard used for the I2S communication. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Standard */ + + uint16_t I2S_DataFormat; /*!< Specifies the data format for the I2S communication. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Data_Format */ + + uint16_t I2S_MCLKOutput; /*!< Specifies whether the I2S MCLK output is enabled or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_MCLK_Output */ + + uint32_t I2S_AudioFreq; /*!< Specifies the frequency selected for the I2S communication. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Audio_Frequency */ + + uint16_t I2S_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the idle state of the I2S clock. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Clock_Polarity */ +}I2S_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI3)) + +#define IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2S2ext) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2S3ext)) + +#define IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI3)) + +#define IS_SPI_23_PERIPH_EXT(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2S2ext) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2S3ext)) + +#define IS_I2S_EXT_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == I2S2ext) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2S3ext)) + +/** @defgroup SPI_data_direction + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx ((uint16_t)0x8000) +#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx ((uint16_t)0xC000) +#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_Mode_Master ((uint16_t)0x0104) +#define SPI_Mode_Slave ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_SPI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Master) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Slave)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_data_size + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_DataSize_4b ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define SPI_DataSize_5b ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define SPI_DataSize_6b ((uint16_t)0x0500) +#define SPI_DataSize_7b ((uint16_t)0x0600) +#define SPI_DataSize_8b ((uint16_t)0x0700) +#define SPI_DataSize_9b ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define SPI_DataSize_10b ((uint16_t)0x0900) +#define SPI_DataSize_11b ((uint16_t)0x0A00) +#define SPI_DataSize_12b ((uint16_t)0x0B00) +#define SPI_DataSize_13b ((uint16_t)0x0C00) +#define SPI_DataSize_14b ((uint16_t)0x0D00) +#define SPI_DataSize_15b ((uint16_t)0x0E00) +#define SPI_DataSize_16b ((uint16_t)0x0F00) +#define IS_SPI_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_4b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_5b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_6b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_7b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_8b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_9b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_10b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_11b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_12b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_13b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_14b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_15b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_16b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_length + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CRCLength_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_CRCLength_16b ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define IS_SPI_CRC_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == SPI_CRCLength_8b) || \ + ((LENGTH) == SPI_CRCLength_16b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define IS_SPI_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_Low) || \ + ((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Phase + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CPHA_1Edge ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_CPHA_2Edge ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_SPI_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_1Edge) || \ + ((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_2Edge)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Slave_Select_management + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_NSS_Soft ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define SPI_NSS_Hard ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_SPI_NSS(NSS) (((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Soft) || \ + ((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Hard)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16 ((uint16_t)0x0018) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32 ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64 ((uint16_t)0x0028) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128 ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256 ((uint16_t)0x0038) +#define IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_FirstBit_MSB ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_FirstBit_LSB ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(BIT) (((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_MSB) || \ + ((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_LSB)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_Mode_SlaveTx ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_Mode_SlaveRx ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define I2S_Mode_MasterTx ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define I2S_Mode_MasterRx ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define IS_I2S_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2S_Mode_SlaveTx) || \ + ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_SlaveRx) || \ + ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_MasterTx)|| \ + ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_MasterRx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Standard + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_Standard_Phillips ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_Standard_MSB ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define I2S_Standard_LSB ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define I2S_Standard_PCMShort ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define I2S_Standard_PCMLong ((uint16_t)0x00B0) +#define IS_I2S_STANDARD(STANDARD) (((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_Phillips) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_MSB) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_LSB) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_PCMShort) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_PCMLong)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Data_Format + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_DataFormat_16b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_DataFormat_16bextended ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define I2S_DataFormat_24b ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define I2S_DataFormat_32b ((uint16_t)0x0005) +#define IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_16b) || \ + ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_16bextended) || \ + ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_24b) || \ + ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_32b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_MCLK_Output + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Audio_Frequency + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_AudioFreq_192k ((uint32_t)192000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_96k ((uint32_t)96000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_48k ((uint32_t)48000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_44k ((uint32_t)44100) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_32k ((uint32_t)32000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_22k ((uint32_t)22050) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_16k ((uint32_t)16000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_11k ((uint32_t)11025) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_8k ((uint32_t)8000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_Default ((uint32_t)2) + +#define IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(FREQ) ((((FREQ) >= I2S_AudioFreq_8k) && \ + ((FREQ) <= I2S_AudioFreq_192k)) || \ + ((FREQ) == I2S_AudioFreq_Default)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Clock_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define IS_I2S_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == I2S_CPOL_Low) || \ + ((CPOL) == I2S_CPOL_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_FIFO_reception_threshold + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_HF ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_QF ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define IS_SPI_RX_FIFO_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) (((THRESHOLD) == SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_HF) || \ + ((THRESHOLD) == SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_QF)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_DMA_transfer_requests + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_SPI_I2S_DMA_REQ(REQ) ((((REQ) & (uint16_t)0xFFFC) == 0x00) && ((REQ) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_last_DMA_transfers + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxEven ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxEven ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxOdd ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxOdd ((uint16_t)0x6000) +#define IS_SPI_LAST_DMA_TRANSFER(TRANSFER) (((TRANSFER) == SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxEven) || \ + ((TRANSFER) == SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxEven) || \ + ((TRANSFER) == SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxOdd) || \ + ((TRANSFER) == SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxOdd)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup SPI_NSS_internal_software_management + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFEFF) +#define IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(INTERNAL) (((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set) || \ + ((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_Transmit_Receive + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CRC_Tx ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define SPI_CRC_Rx ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IS_SPI_CRC(CRC) (((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Tx) || ((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Rx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_direction_transmit_receive + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_Direction_Rx ((uint16_t)0xBFFF) +#define SPI_Direction_Tx ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Rx) || \ + ((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Tx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_I2S_IT_TXE ((uint8_t)0x71) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE ((uint8_t)0x60) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_ERR ((uint8_t)0x50) + +#define IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_ERR)) + +#define I2S_IT_UDR ((uint8_t)0x53) +#define SPI_IT_MODF ((uint8_t)0x55) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_OVR ((uint8_t)0x56) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_FRE ((uint8_t)0x58) + +#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE) || ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_OVR) || ((IT) == SPI_IT_MODF) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_FRE)|| ((IT) == I2S_IT_UDR)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup SPI_transmission_fifo_status_level + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_Empty ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_1QuarterFull ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_HalfFull ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_Full ((uint16_t)0x1800) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_reception_fifo_status_level + * @{ + */ +#define SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_Empty ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_1QuarterFull ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_HalfFull ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_Full ((uint16_t)0x0600) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define I2S_FLAG_UDR ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define SPI_FLAG_CRCERR ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define SPI_FLAG_MODF ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE ((uint16_t)0x0100) + + + +#define IS_SPI_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR)) +#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_MODF) || ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE)|| \ + ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE)|| ((FLAG) == I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE)|| \ + ((FLAG) == I2S_FLAG_UDR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_polynomial + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(POLYNOMIAL) ((POLYNOMIAL) >= 0x1) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the SPI configuration to the default reset state*******/ +void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct); +void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct); +void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct); +void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct); +void SPI_TIModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_NSSPulseModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize); +void SPI_RxFIFOThresholdConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_RxFIFOThreshold); +void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction); +void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft); +void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2S_FullDuplexConfig(SPI_TypeDef* I2Sxext, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct); + +/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ +void SPI_SendData8(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t Data); +void SPI_I2S_SendData16(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data); +uint8_t SPI_ReceiveData8(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); +uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData16(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); + +/* Hardware CRC Calculation functions *****************************************/ +void SPI_CRCLengthConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_CRCLength); +void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); +uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC); +uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_LastDMATransferCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_LastDMATransfer); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +uint16_t SPI_GetTransmissionFIFOStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); +uint16_t SPI_GetReceptionFIFOStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); +FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); +void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); +ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F30x_SPI_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_syscfg.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_syscfg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5337a68 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_syscfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,301 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_syscfg.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SYSCFG firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/*!< Define to prevent recursive inclusion -----------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_SYSCFG_H +#define __STM32F30x_SYSCFG_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/*!< Includes ----------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SYSCFG + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_EXTI_Port_Sources + * @{ + */ +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOA ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOB ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOC ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOD ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOE ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOF ((uint8_t)0x05) + +#define IS_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(PORTSOURCE) (((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOA) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOB) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOC) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOD) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOE) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOF)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_EXTI_Pin_sources + * @{ + */ +#define EXTI_PinSource0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define EXTI_PinSource1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define EXTI_PinSource2 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define EXTI_PinSource3 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define EXTI_PinSource4 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define EXTI_PinSource5 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define EXTI_PinSource6 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define EXTI_PinSource7 ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define EXTI_PinSource8 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define EXTI_PinSource9 ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define EXTI_PinSource10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) +#define EXTI_PinSource11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) +#define EXTI_PinSource12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define EXTI_PinSource13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) +#define EXTI_PinSource14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) +#define EXTI_PinSource15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) + +#define IS_EXTI_PIN_SOURCE(PINSOURCE) (((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource0) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource1) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource2) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource3) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource4) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource5) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource6) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource7) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource8) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource9) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource10) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource11) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource12) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource13) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource14) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource15)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Memory_Remap_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemMemory ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM ((uint8_t)0x03) + + +#define IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemMemory) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_DMA_Remap_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM17 SYSCFG_CFGR1_TIM17_DMA_RMP /*!< Remap TIM17 DMA requests from channel1 to channel2 */ +#define SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM16 SYSCFG_CFGR1_TIM16_DMA_RMP /*!< Remap TIM16 DMA requests from channel3 to channel4 */ +#define SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM6DAC1 SYSCFG_CFGR1_TIM6DAC1_DMA_RMP /*!< Remap TIM6/DAC1 DMA requests from DMA2 channel3 to DMA1 channel3 */ +#define SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM7DAC2 SYSCFG_CFGR1_TIM7DAC2_DMA_RMP /*!< Remap TIM7/DAC2 DMA requests from DMA2 channel4 to DMA1 channel4 */ +#define SYSCFG_DMARemap_ADC2ADC4 SYSCFG_CFGR1_ADC24_DMA_RMP /*!< Remap ADC2 and ADC4 DMA requests from DMA2 channel1/channel3 to channel3/channel4 */ + +#define IS_SYSCFG_DMA_REMAP(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM17) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM16) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM6DAC1) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM7DAC2) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_DMARemap_ADC2ADC4)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Trigger_Remap_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_TriggerRemap_DACTIM3 SYSCFG_CFGR1_DAC_TRIG_RMP /*!< Remap DAC trigger to TIM3 */ +#define SYSCFG_TriggerRemap_TIM1TIM17 SYSCFG_CFGR1_TIM1_ITR3_RMP /*!< Remap TIM1 ITR3 to TIM17 OC */ + +#define IS_SYSCFG_TRIGGER_REMAP(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_TriggerRemap_DACTIM3) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_TriggerRemap_TIM1TIM17)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< No redirection */ +#define SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_TIM2 SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE_0 /*!< Timer 2 IC1 and IC2 connected to TIM15 IC1 and IC2 */ +#define SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_TIM3 SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE_1 /*!< Timer 3 IC1 and IC2 connected to TIM15 IC1 and IC2 */ +#define SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_TIM4 SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE /*!< Timer 4 IC1 and IC2 connected to TIM15 IC1 and IC2 */ + +#define IS_SYSCFG_ENCODER_REMAP(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_No) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_TIM2) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_TIM3) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_TIM4)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_I2C_FastModePlus_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB6 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB6_FMP /*!< Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB6 */ +#define SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB7 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB7_FMP /*!< Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB7 */ +#define SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB8 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB8_FMP /*!< Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB8 */ +#define SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB9 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB9_FMP /*!< Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB9 */ +#define SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C1 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C1_FMP /*!< Enable Fast Mode Plus on I2C1 pins */ +#define SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C2 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C2_FMP /*!< Enable Fast Mode Plus on I2C2 pins */ + +#define IS_SYSCFG_I2C_FMP(PIN) (((PIN) == SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB6) || \ + ((PIN) == SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB7) || \ + ((PIN) == SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB8) || \ + ((PIN) == SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB9) || \ + ((PIN) == SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C1) || \ + ((PIN) == SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C2)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_FPU_Interrupt_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_IT_IXC SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_5 /*!< Inexact Interrupt enable (interrupt disabled by default) */ +#define SYSCFG_IT_IDC SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_4 /*!< Input denormal Interrupt enable */ +#define SYSCFG_IT_OFC SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_3 /*!< Overflow Interrupt enable */ +#define SYSCFG_IT_UFC SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_2 /*!< Underflow Interrupt enable */ +#define SYSCFG_IT_DZC SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_1 /*!< Divide-by-zero Interrupt enable */ +#define SYSCFG_IT_IOC SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_0 /*!< Invalid operation Interrupt enable */ + +#define IS_SYSCFG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0x03FFFFFF) == 0) && ((IT) != 0)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Lock_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_Break_PVD SYSCFG_CFGR2_PVD_LOCK /*!< Enables and locks the PVD connection with TIM1/8/15/16/17 Break Input and also the PVD_EN and PVDSEL[2:0] bits of the Power Control Interface */ +#define SYSCFG_Break_SRAMParity SYSCFG_CFGR2_SRAM_PARITY_LOCK /*!< Enables and locks the SRAM_PARITY error signal with Break Input of TIM1/8/15/16/17 */ +#define SYSCFG_Break_Lockup SYSCFG_CFGR2_LOCKUP_LOCK /*!< Enables and locks the LOCKUP output of CortexM4 with Break Input of TIM1/8/15/16/17 */ + +#define IS_SYSCFG_LOCK_CONFIG(CONFIG) (((CONFIG) == SYSCFG_Break_PVD) || \ + ((CONFIG) == SYSCFG_Break_SRAMParity) || \ + ((CONFIG) == SYSCFG_Break_Lockup)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_SRAMWRP_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_SRAMWRP_Page0 SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE0 /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 0 */ +#define SYSCFG_SRAMWRP_Page1 SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE1 /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 1 */ +#define SYSCFG_SRAMWRP_Page2 SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE2 /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 2 */ +#define SYSCFG_SRAMWRP_Page3 SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE3 /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 3 */ +#define SYSCFG_SRAMWRP_Page4 SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE4 /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 4 */ +#define SYSCFG_SRAMWRP_Page5 SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE5 /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 5 */ +#define SYSCFG_SRAMWRP_Page6 SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE6 /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 6 */ +#define SYSCFG_SRAMWRP_Page7 SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE7 /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 7 */ + +#define IS_SYSCFG_PAGE(PAGE)((((PAGE) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFF00) == 0x00000000) && ((PAGE) != 0x00000000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SYSCFG_FLAG_PE SYSCFG_CFGR2_SRAM_PE + +#define IS_SYSCFG_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SYSCFG_FLAG_PE)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the SYSCFG configuration to the default reset state **/ +void SYSCFG_DeInit(void); + +/* SYSCFG configuration functions *********************************************/ +void SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_MemoryRemap); +void SYSCFG_DMAChannelRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_DMARemap, FunctionalState NewState); +void SYSCFG_TriggerRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_TriggerRemap, FunctionalState NewState); +void SYSCFG_EncoderRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_EncoderRemap); +void SYSCFG_USBInterruptLineRemapCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlusConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus, FunctionalState NewState); +void SYSCFG_ITConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +void SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx, uint8_t EXTI_PinSourcex); +void SYSCFG_BreakConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_Break); +void SYSCFG_BypassParityCheckDisable(void); +void SYSCFG_SRAMWRPEnable(uint32_t SYSCFG_SRAMWRP); +FlagStatus SYSCFG_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SYSCFG_Flag); +void SYSCFG_ClearFlag(uint32_t SYSCFG_Flag); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F30x_SYSCFG_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_tim.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_tim.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..748d54e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_tim.h @@ -0,0 +1,1334 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_tim.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the TIM firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __stm32f30x_TIM_H +#define __stm32f30x_TIM_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup stm32f30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief TIM Time Base Init structure definition + * @note This structure is used with all TIMx except for TIM6 and TIM7. + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t TIM_Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the prescaler value used to divide the TIM clock. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t TIM_CounterMode; /*!< Specifies the counter mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Counter_Mode */ + + uint32_t TIM_Period; /*!< Specifies the period value to be loaded into the active + Auto-Reload Register at the next update event. + This parameter must be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF. */ + + uint16_t TIM_ClockDivision; /*!< Specifies the clock division. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Clock_Division_CKD */ + + uint8_t TIM_RepetitionCounter; /*!< Specifies the repetition counter value. Each time the RCR downcounter + reaches zero, an update event is generated and counting restarts + from the RCR value (N). + This means in PWM mode that (N+1) corresponds to: + - the number of PWM periods in edge-aligned mode + - the number of half PWM period in center-aligned mode + This parameter must be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF. + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ +} TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Output Compare Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t TIM_OCMode; /*!< Specifies the TIM mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes */ + + uint16_t TIM_OutputState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_State */ + + uint16_t TIM_OutputNState; /*!< Specifies the TIM complementary Output Compare state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_State + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ + + uint32_t TIM_Pulse; /*!< Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity; /*!< Specifies the output polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity; /*!< Specifies the complementary output polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCIdleState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCNIdleState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ +} TIM_OCInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Input Capture Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint16_t TIM_Channel; /*!< Specifies the TIM channel. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Channel */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity; /*!< Specifies the active edge of the input signal. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICSelection; /*!< Specifies the input. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Selection */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICPrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter; /*!< Specifies the input capture filter. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xF */ +} TIM_ICInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief BDTR structure definition + * @note This structure is used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint16_t TIM_OSSRState; /*!< Specifies the Off-State selection used in Run mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state */ + + uint16_t TIM_OSSIState; /*!< Specifies the Off-State used in Idle state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state */ + + uint16_t TIM_LOCKLevel; /*!< Specifies the LOCK level parameters. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Lock_level */ + + uint16_t TIM_DeadTime; /*!< Specifies the delay time between the switching-off and the + switching-on of the outputs. + This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */ + + uint16_t TIM_Break; /*!< Specifies whether the TIM Break input is enabled or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Break_Input_enable_disable */ + + uint16_t TIM_BreakPolarity; /*!< Specifies the TIM Break Input pin polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Break_Polarity */ + + uint16_t TIM_AutomaticOutput; /*!< Specifies whether the TIM Automatic Output feature is enabled or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset */ +} TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM15) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM16) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM17)) +/* LIST1: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM8, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM15) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM16) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM17)) + +/* LIST2: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM8 and TIM15 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM15)) +/* LIST3: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4 and TIM8 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8)) +/* LIST4: TIM1 and TIM8 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) ||\ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8)) +/* LIST5: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM8 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8)) +/* LIST6: TIM1, TIM8, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM15) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM16) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM17)) + +/* LIST5: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM8 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST7_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM15)) +/* LIST8: TIM16 (option register) */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM16)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM1)||\ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8)) + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCMode_Timing ((uint32_t)0x00000) +#define TIM_OCMode_Active ((uint32_t)0x00010) +#define TIM_OCMode_Inactive ((uint32_t)0x00020) +#define TIM_OCMode_Toggle ((uint32_t)0x00030) +#define TIM_OCMode_PWM1 ((uint32_t)0x00060) +#define TIM_OCMode_PWM2 ((uint32_t)0x00070) + +#define TIM_OCMode_Retrigerrable_OPM1 ((uint32_t)0x10000) +#define TIM_OCMode_Retrigerrable_OPM2 ((uint32_t)0x10010) +#define TIM_OCMode_Combined_PWM1 ((uint32_t)0x10040) +#define TIM_OCMode_Combined_PWM2 ((uint32_t)0x10050) +#define TIM_OCMode_Asymmetric_PWM1 ((uint32_t)0x10060) +#define TIM_OCMode_Asymmetric_PWM2 ((uint32_t)0x10070) + +#define IS_TIM_OC_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Retrigerrable_OPM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Retrigerrable_OPM2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Combined_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Combined_PWM2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Asymmetric_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Asymmetric_PWM2)) + +#define IS_TIM_OCM(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Retrigerrable_OPM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Retrigerrable_OPM2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Combined_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Combined_PWM2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Asymmetric_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Asymmetric_PWM2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_One_Pulse_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OPMode_Single ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_OPMode_Repetitive ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Single) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Repetitive)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Channel + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Channel_1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_Channel_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_Channel_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_Channel_4 ((uint16_t)0x000C) +#define TIM_Channel_5 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_Channel_6 ((uint16_t)0x0014) + +#define IS_TIM_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_4)) + +#define IS_TIM_PWMI_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2)) +#define IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Clock_Division_CKD + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CKD_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_CKD_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_CKD_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV1) || \ + ((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV2) || \ + ((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV4)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Counter_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CounterMode_Up ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_CounterMode_Down ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1 ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2 ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Up) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Down) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OCPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_High) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_Low)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCNPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OCNPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_OCNPolarity_High) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_OCNPolarity_Low)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OutputState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OutputState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OutputNState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OutputNState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OutputNState_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OutputNState_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Capture_Compare_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CCx_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_CCx_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_CCX(CCX) (((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Enable) || \ + ((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Capture_Compare_N_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CCxN_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_CCxN_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_CCXN(CCXN) (((CCXN) == TIM_CCxN_Enable) || \ + ((CCXN) == TIM_CCxN_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break_Input_enable_disable + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Break_Enable ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_Break_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_Break_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_Break_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break1_Input_enable_disable + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Break1_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define TIM_Break1_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define IS_TIM_BREAK1_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_Break1_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_Break1_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break2_Input_enable_disable + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Break2_Enable ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define TIM_Break2_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define IS_TIM_BREAK2_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_Break2_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_Break2_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_BreakPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_BreakPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_BreakPolarity_Low) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_BreakPolarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break1_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Break1Polarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define TIM_Break1Polarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define IS_TIM_BREAK1_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_Break1Polarity_Low) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_Break1Polarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break2_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Break2Polarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define TIM_Break2Polarity_High ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define IS_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_Break2Polarity_Low) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_Break2Polarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break1_Filter + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_BREAK1_FILTER(FILTER) ((FILTER) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break2_Filter + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER(FILTER) ((FILTER) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_AutomaticOutput_Enable ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_AutomaticOutput_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Lock_level + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_1 ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_2 ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_3 ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF) || \ + ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_1) || \ + ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_2) || \ + ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OSSIState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_OSSIState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OSSIState_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OSSIState_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OSSRState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_OSSRState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OSSRState_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OSSRState_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCIdleState_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_OCIdleState_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCIdleState_Set) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCIdleState_Reset)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCNIdleState_Set ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCNIdleState_Set) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ICPolarity_Rising ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_ICPolarity_Falling ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge ((uint16_t)0x000A) +#define IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Falling)|| \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Selection + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be + connected to IC1, IC2, IC3 or IC4, respectively */ +#define TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be + connected to IC2, IC1, IC4 or IC3, respectively. */ +#define TIM_ICSelection_TRC ((uint16_t)0x0003) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. */ +#define IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_TRC)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Capture performed each time an edge is detected on the capture input. */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Capture performed once every 2 events. */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< Capture performed once every 4 events. */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x000C) /*!< Capture performed once every 8 events. */ +#define IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV1) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_interrupt_sources + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_IT_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_IT_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_IT_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_IT_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_IT_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_IT_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_IT_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_IT_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define IS_TIM_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xFF00) == 0x0000) && ((IT) != 0x0000)) + +#define IS_TIM_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == TIM_IT_Update) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC1) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC2) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC3) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC4) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_COM) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_Trigger) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_Break)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Base_address + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMABase_CR1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_DMABase_CR2 ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_DMABase_SMCR ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_DMABase_DIER ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define TIM_DMABase_SR ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_DMABase_EGR ((uint16_t)0x0005) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR1 ((uint16_t)0x0006) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR2 ((uint16_t)0x0007) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCER ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_DMABase_CNT ((uint16_t)0x0009) +#define TIM_DMABase_PSC ((uint16_t)0x000A) +#define TIM_DMABase_ARR ((uint16_t)0x000B) +#define TIM_DMABase_RCR ((uint16_t)0x000C) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR1 ((uint16_t)0x000D) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR2 ((uint16_t)0x000E) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR3 ((uint16_t)0x000F) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_DMABase_BDTR ((uint16_t)0x0011) +#define TIM_DMABase_DCR ((uint16_t)0x0012) +#define TIM_DMABase_OR ((uint16_t)0x0013) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR3 ((uint16_t)0x0014) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR5 ((uint16_t)0x0015) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR6 ((uint16_t)0x0016) +#define IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BASE) (((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR1) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR2) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SMCR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DIER) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_EGR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR1) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR2) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCER) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CNT) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_PSC) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_ARR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_RCR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR1) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR2) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR3) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR4) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_BDTR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DCR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_OR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR3) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR5) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR6)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Burst_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0500) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0600) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0700) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0900) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0A00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0B00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0C00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0D00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0E00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0F00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers ((uint16_t)0x1100) +#define IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_sources + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMA_Update ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_DMA_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_DMA_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_DMA_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_DMA_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_DMA_COM ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define TIM_DMA_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0x80FF) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x3000) +#define IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Internal_Trigger_Selection + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_TS_ITR0 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_TS_ITR1 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_TS_ITR2 ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_TS_ITR3 ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define TIM_TS_TI1F_ED ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_TS_TI1FP1 ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_TS_TI2FP2 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_TS_ETRF ((uint16_t)0x0070) +#define IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1F_ED) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1FP1) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI2FP2) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ETRF)) +#define IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_TIx_External_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED ((uint16_t)0x0040) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted ((uint16_t)0x8000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Prescaler_Reload_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(RELOAD) (((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update) || \ + ((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Forced_Action + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ForcedAction_Active ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_ForcedAction_InActive ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \ + ((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Encoder_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI12 ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI12)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup TIM_Event_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_EventSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_EventSource_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_EventSource_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_EventSource_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define TIM_EventSource_Break2 ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0xFE00) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Update_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_UpdateSource_Global ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Source of update is the counter overflow/underflow + or the setting of UG bit, or an update generation + through the slave mode controller. */ +#define TIM_UpdateSource_Regular ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Source of update is counter overflow/underflow. */ +#define IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Global) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Regular)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Preload_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCPreload_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_OCPreload_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Fast_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCFast_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_OCFast_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Disable)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Clear_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCClear_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define TIM_OCClear_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Trigger_Output_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_TRGOSource_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1 ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref ((uint16_t)0x0070) +#define IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Reset) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Enable) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Update) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref)) + + +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_Update ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC1 ((uint32_t)0x00300000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC1Ref ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC2Ref ((uint32_t)0x00500000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC3Ref ((uint32_t)0x00600000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4Ref ((uint32_t)0x00700000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC5Ref ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC6Ref ((uint32_t)0x00900000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4Ref_RisingFalling ((uint32_t)0x00A00000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC6Ref_RisingFalling ((uint32_t)0x00B00000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4RefRising_OC6RefRising ((uint32_t)0x00C00000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4RefRising_OC6RefFalling ((uint32_t)0x00D00000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC5RefRising_OC6RefRising ((uint32_t)0x00E00000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC5RefRising_OC6RefFalling ((uint32_t)0x00F00000) +#define IS_TIM_TRGO2_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_Reset) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_Enable) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_Update) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC1) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC1Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC2Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC3Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC5Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC6Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4Ref_RisingFalling) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC6Ref_RisingFalling) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4RefRising_OC6RefRising) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4RefRising_OC6RefFalling) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC5RefRising_OC6RefRising) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC5RefRising_OC6RefFalling)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Slave_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00004) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Gated ((uint32_t)0x00005) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger ((uint32_t)0x00006) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_External1 ((uint32_t)0x00007) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Combined_ResetTrigger ((uint32_t)0x10000) +#define IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Reset) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Gated) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_External1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Combined_ResetTrigger)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Master_Slave_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup TIM_Remap + * @{ + */ +#define TIM16_GPIO ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM16_RTC_CLK ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM16_HSEDiv32 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM16_MCO ((uint16_t)0x0003) + +#define TIM1_ADC1_AWDG1 ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM1_ADC1_AWDG2 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM1_ADC1_AWDG3 ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define TIM1_ADC4_AWDG1 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM1_ADC4_AWDG2 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM1_ADC4_AWDG3 ((uint16_t)0x000C) + +#define TIM8_ADC2_AWDG1 ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM8_ADC2_AWDG2 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM8_ADC2_AWDG3 ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define TIM8_ADC3_AWDG1 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM8_ADC3_AWDG2 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM8_ADC3_AWDG3 ((uint16_t)0x000C) + +#define IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_REMAP) (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM16_GPIO)|| \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM16_RTC_CLK) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM16_HSEDiv32) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM16_MCO) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM1_ADC1_AWDG1) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM1_ADC1_AWDG2) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM1_ADC1_AWDG3) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM1_ADC4_AWDG1) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM1_ADC4_AWDG2) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM1_ADC4_AWDG3) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM8_ADC2_AWDG1) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM8_ADC2_AWDG2) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM8_ADC2_AWDG3) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM8_ADC3_AWDG1) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM8_ADC3_AWDG2) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM8_ADC3_AWDG3)) + +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup TIM_Flags + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_FLAG_Update ((uint32_t)0x00001) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00002) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00004) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x00008) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00010) +#define TIM_FLAG_COM ((uint32_t)0x00020) +#define TIM_FLAG_Trigger ((uint32_t)0x00040) +#define TIM_FLAG_Break ((uint32_t)0x00080) +#define TIM_FLAG_Break2 ((uint32_t)0x00100) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC1OF ((uint32_t)0x00200) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC2OF ((uint32_t)0x00400) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC3OF ((uint32_t)0x00800) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC4OF ((uint32_t)0x01000) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC5 ((uint32_t)0x10000) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC6 ((uint32_t)0x20000) +#define IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Update) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_COM) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Trigger) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Break) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Break2) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1OF) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2OF) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3OF) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4OF) ||\ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC5) ||\ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC6)) + +#define IS_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(TIM_FLAG) ((((TIM_FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xE000) == 0x0000) && ((TIM_FLAG) != 0x0000)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_OCReferenceClear + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_OCReferenceClear_ETRF ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_OCReferenceClear_OCREFCLR ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OCREFERENCECECLEAR_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_OCReferenceClear_ETRF) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_OCReferenceClear_OCREFCLR)) + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Filer_Value + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFILTER) ((ICFILTER) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Filter + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(EXTFILTER) ((EXTFILTER) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Legacy + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Byte TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* TimeBase management ********************************************************/ +void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct); +void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct); +void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode); +void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode); +void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Counter); +void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Autoreload); +uint32_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource); +void TIM_UIFRemap(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode); +void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD); +void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Output Compare management **************************************************/ +void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC5Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC6Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_SelectGC5C1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectGC5C2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectGC5C3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint32_t TIM_OCMode); +void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare1); +void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare2); +void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare3); +void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare4); +void TIM_SetCompare5(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare5); +void TIM_SetCompare6(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare6); +void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC5Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC6Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC5PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC6PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC5Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC6Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_SelectOCREFClear(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCReferenceClear); +void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity); +void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity); +void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity); +void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC5PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC6PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx); +void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCxN); + +/* Input Capture management ***************************************************/ +void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); +void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); +void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); +void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); +void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); +void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); + +/* Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features ******************/ +void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct); +void TIM_Break1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_Break1Polarity, uint8_t TIM_Break1Filter); +void TIM_Break2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_Break2Polarity, uint8_t TIM_Break2Filter); +void TIM_Break1Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_Break2Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct); +void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts, DMA and flags management ***************************************/ +void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource); +FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_FLAG); +void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG); +ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT); +void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT); +void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength); +void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Clocks management **********************************************************/ +void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); +void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource, + uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter); +void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); +void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); + +/* Synchronization management *************************************************/ +void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); +void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource); +void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_TRGO2Source); +void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_SlaveMode); +void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode); +void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); + +/* Specific interface management **********************************************/ +void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode, + uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity); +void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Specific remapping management **********************************************/ +void TIM_RemapConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Remap); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__stm32f30x_TIM_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_usart.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_usart.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3a9ad2c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_usart.h @@ -0,0 +1,607 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_usart.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the USART + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_USART_H +#define __STM32F30x_USART_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup USART + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + + +/** + * @brief USART Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t USART_BaudRate; /*!< This member configures the USART communication baud rate. + The baud rate is computed using the following formula: + - IntegerDivider = ((PCLKx) / (16 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate))) + - FractionalDivider = ((IntegerDivider - ((uint32_t) IntegerDivider)) * 16) + 0.5 */ + + uint32_t USART_WordLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Word_Length */ + + uint32_t USART_StopBits; /*!< Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Stop_Bits */ + + uint32_t USART_Parity; /*!< Specifies the parity mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Parity + @note When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted + at the MSB position of the transmitted data (9th bit when + the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the + word length is set to 8 data bits). */ + + uint32_t USART_Mode; /*!< Specifies wether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Mode */ + + uint32_t USART_HardwareFlowControl; /*!< Specifies wether the hardware flow control mode is enabled + or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Hardware_Flow_Control*/ +} USART_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief USART Clock Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t USART_Clock; /*!< Specifies whether the USART clock is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock */ + + uint32_t USART_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the steady state of the serial clock. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Polarity */ + + uint32_t USART_CPHA; /*!< Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Phase */ + + uint32_t USART_LastBit; /*!< Specifies whether the clock pulse corresponding to the last transmitted + data bit (MSB) has to be output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Last_Bit */ +} USART_ClockInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == UART4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == UART5)) + +#define IS_USART_123_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART3)) + +#define IS_USART_1234_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == UART4)) + + +/** @defgroup USART_Word_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_WordLength_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_WordLength_9b USART_CR1_M +#define IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_8b) || \ + ((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_9b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Stop_Bits + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_StopBits_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_StopBits_2 USART_CR2_STOP_1 +#define USART_StopBits_1_5 (USART_CR2_STOP_0 | USART_CR2_STOP_1) +#define IS_USART_STOPBITS(STOPBITS) (((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1) || \ + ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_2) || \ + ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1_5)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Parity + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_Parity_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_Parity_Even USART_CR1_PCE +#define USART_Parity_Odd (USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS) +#define IS_USART_PARITY(PARITY) (((PARITY) == USART_Parity_No) || \ + ((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Even) || \ + ((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Odd)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_Mode_Rx USART_CR1_RE +#define USART_Mode_Tx USART_CR1_TE +#define IS_USART_MODE(MODE) ((((MODE) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF3) == 0x00) && \ + ((MODE) != (uint32_t)0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Hardware_Flow_Control + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS USART_CR3_RTSE +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS USART_CR3_CTSE +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS (USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE) +#define IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(CONTROL)\ + (((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_None) || \ + ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS) || \ + ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS) || \ + ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Clock + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_Clock_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_Clock_Enable USART_CR2_CLKEN +#define IS_USART_CLOCK(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Disable) || \ + ((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_CPOL_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_CPOL_High USART_CR2_CPOL +#define IS_USART_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_Low) || ((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_High)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Phase + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_CPHA_1Edge ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_CPHA_2Edge USART_CR2_CPHA +#define IS_USART_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_1Edge) || ((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_2Edge)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Last_Bit + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_LastBit_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_LastBit_Enable USART_CR2_LBCL +#define IS_USART_LASTBIT(LASTBIT) (((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Disable) || \ + ((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_DMA_Requests + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_DMAReq_Tx USART_CR3_DMAT +#define USART_DMAReq_Rx USART_CR3_DMAR +#define IS_USART_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFF3F) == 0x00) && \ + ((DMAREQ) != (uint32_t)0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_DMA_Recception_Error + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_DMAOnError_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_DMAOnError_Disable USART_CR3_DDRE +#define IS_USART_DMAONERROR(DMAERROR) (((DMAERROR) == USART_DMAOnError_Disable)|| \ + ((DMAERROR) == USART_DMAOnError_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_MuteMode_WakeUp_methods + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_WakeUp_IdleLine ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_WakeUp_AddressMark USART_CR1_WAKE +#define IS_USART_MUTEMODE_WAKEUP(WAKEUP) (((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_IdleLine) || \ + ((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_AddressMark)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Address_Detection + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_AddressLength_4b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_AddressLength_7b USART_CR2_ADDM7 +#define IS_USART_ADDRESS_DETECTION(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == USART_AddressLength_4b) || \ + ((ADDRESS) == USART_AddressLength_7b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_StopMode_WakeUp_methods + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_WakeUpSource_AddressMatch ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_WakeUpSource_StartBit USART_CR3_WUS_1 +#define USART_WakeUpSource_RXNE (uint32_t)(USART_CR3_WUS_0 | USART_CR3_WUS_1) +#define IS_USART_STOPMODE_WAKEUPSOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == USART_WakeUpSource_AddressMatch) || \ + ((SOURCE) == USART_WakeUpSource_StartBit) || \ + ((SOURCE) == USART_WakeUpSource_RXNE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LIN_Break_Detection_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b USART_CR2_LBDL +#define IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(LENGTH) \ + (((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b) || \ + ((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_IrDA_Low_Power + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_IrDAMode_LowPower USART_CR3_IRLP +#define USART_IrDAMode_Normal ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_LowPower) || \ + ((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_Normal)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_DE_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_DEPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_DEPolarity_Low USART_CR3_DEP +#define IS_USART_DE_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == USART_DEPolarity_Low) || \ + ((POLARITY) == USART_DEPolarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Inversion_Pins + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_InvPin_Tx USART_CR2_TXINV +#define USART_InvPin_Rx USART_CR2_RXINV +#define IS_USART_INVERSTION_PIN(PIN) ((((PIN) & (uint32_t)0xFFFCFFFF) == 0x00) && \ + ((PIN) != (uint32_t)0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_AutoBaudRate_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_AutoBaudRate_StartBit ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_AutoBaudRate_FallingEdge USART_CR2_ABRMODE_0 +#define USART_AutoBaudRate_0x7FFrame USART_CR2_ABRMODE_1 +#define USART_AutoBaudRate_0x55Frame (USART_CR2_ABRMODE_0 | USART_CR2_ABRMODE_1) +#define IS_USART_AUTOBAUDRATE_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == USART_AutoBaudRate_StartBit) || \ + ((MODE) == USART_AutoBaudRate_FallingEdge) || \ + ((MODE) == USART_AutoBaudRate_0x7FFrame) || \ + ((MODE) == USART_AutoBaudRate_0x55Frame)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_OVR_DETECTION + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_OVRDetection_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_OVRDetection_Disable USART_CR3_OVRDIS +#define IS_USART_OVRDETECTION(OVR) (((OVR) == USART_OVRDetection_Enable)|| \ + ((OVR) == USART_OVRDetection_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup USART_Request + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_Request_ABRRQ USART_RQR_ABRRQ +#define USART_Request_SBKRQ USART_RQR_SBKRQ +#define USART_Request_MMRQ USART_RQR_MMRQ +#define USART_Request_RXFRQ USART_RQR_RXFRQ +#define USART_Request_TXFRQ USART_RQR_TXFRQ + +#define IS_USART_REQUEST(REQUEST) (((REQUEST) == USART_Request_TXFRQ) || \ + ((REQUEST) == USART_Request_RXFRQ) || \ + ((REQUEST) == USART_Request_MMRQ) || \ + ((REQUEST) == USART_Request_SBKRQ) || \ + ((REQUEST) == USART_Request_ABRRQ)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Flags + * @{ + */ +#define USART_FLAG_REACK USART_ISR_REACK +#define USART_FLAG_TEACK USART_ISR_TEACK +#define USART_FLAG_WU USART_ISR_WUF +#define USART_FLAG_RWU USART_ISR_RWU +#define USART_FLAG_SBK USART_ISR_SBKF +#define USART_FLAG_CM USART_ISR_CMF +#define USART_FLAG_BUSY USART_ISR_BUSY +#define USART_FLAG_ABRF USART_ISR_ABRF +#define USART_FLAG_ABRE USART_ISR_ABRE +#define USART_FLAG_EOB USART_ISR_EOBF +#define USART_FLAG_RTO USART_ISR_RTOF +#define USART_FLAG_nCTSS USART_ISR_CTS +#define USART_FLAG_CTS USART_ISR_CTSIF +#define USART_FLAG_LBD USART_ISR_LBD +#define USART_FLAG_TXE USART_ISR_TXE +#define USART_FLAG_TC USART_ISR_TC +#define USART_FLAG_RXNE USART_ISR_RXNE +#define USART_FLAG_IDLE USART_ISR_IDLE +#define USART_FLAG_ORE USART_ISR_ORE +#define USART_FLAG_NE USART_ISR_NE +#define USART_FLAG_FE USART_ISR_FE +#define USART_FLAG_PE USART_ISR_PE +#define IS_USART_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_PE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TXE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TC) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RXNE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_IDLE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_LBD) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CTS) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ORE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_NE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_FE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_nCTSS) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RTO) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_EOB) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ABRE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ABRF) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_BUSY) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CM) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_SBK) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RWU) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_WU) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TEACK)|| ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_REACK)) + +#define IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TC) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_IDLE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ORE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_NE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_FE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_LBD) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CTS) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RTO) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_EOB) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CM) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_PE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Interrupt_definition + * @brief USART Interrupt definition + * USART_IT possible values + * Elements values convention: 0xZZZZYYXX + * XX: Position of the corresponding Interrupt + * YY: Register index + * ZZZZ: Flag position + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_IT_WU ((uint32_t)0x00140316) +#define USART_IT_CM ((uint32_t)0x0011010E) +#define USART_IT_EOB ((uint32_t)0x000C011B) +#define USART_IT_RTO ((uint32_t)0x000B011A) +#define USART_IT_PE ((uint32_t)0x00000108) +#define USART_IT_TXE ((uint32_t)0x00070107) +#define USART_IT_TC ((uint32_t)0x00060106) +#define USART_IT_RXNE ((uint32_t)0x00050105) +#define USART_IT_IDLE ((uint32_t)0x00040104) +#define USART_IT_LBD ((uint32_t)0x00080206) +#define USART_IT_CTS ((uint32_t)0x0009030A) +#define USART_IT_ERR ((uint32_t)0x00000300) +#define USART_IT_ORE ((uint32_t)0x00030300) +#define USART_IT_NE ((uint32_t)0x00020300) +#define USART_IT_FE ((uint32_t)0x00010300) + +#define IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ERR) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_RTO) || ((IT) == USART_IT_EOB) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CM) || ((IT) == USART_IT_WU)) + +#define IS_USART_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_NE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_FE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_RTO) || ((IT) == USART_IT_EOB) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CM) || ((IT) == USART_IT_WU)) + +#define IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_FE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_NE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_RTO) || ((IT) == USART_IT_EOB) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CM) || ((IT) == USART_IT_WU)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Global_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_USART_BAUDRATE(BAUDRATE) (((BAUDRATE) > 0) && ((BAUDRATE) < 0x005B8D81)) +#define IS_USART_DE_ASSERTION_DEASSERTION_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0x1F) +#define IS_USART_AUTO_RETRY_COUNTER(COUNTER) ((COUNTER) <= 0x7) +#define IS_USART_TIMEOUT(TIMEOUT) ((TIMEOUT) <= 0x00FFFFFF) +#define IS_USART_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0x1FF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx); +void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct); +void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct); +void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct); +void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct); +void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_DirectionModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DirectionMode, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler); +void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_MSBFirstCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_DataInvCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_InvPinCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_InvPin, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SWAPPinCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_ReceiverTimeOutCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SetReceiverTimeOut(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_ReceiverTimeOut); + +/* STOP Mode functions ********************************************************/ +void USART_STOPModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_WakeUpSource); + +/* AutoBaudRate functions *****************************************************/ +void USART_AutoBaudRateCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_AutoBaudRateConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_AutoBaudRate); + +/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ +void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data); +uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx); + +/* Multi-Processor Communication functions ************************************/ +void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address); +void USART_MuteModeWakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_WakeUp); +void USART_MuteModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_AddressDetectionConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_AddressLength); +/* LIN mode functions *********************************************************/ +void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength); +void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Half-duplex mode function **************************************************/ +void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Smartcard mode functions ***************************************************/ +void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime); +void USART_SetAutoRetryCount(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_AutoCount); +void USART_SetBlockLength(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_BlockLength); + +/* IrDA mode functions ********************************************************/ +void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IrDAMode); +void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* RS485 mode functions *******************************************************/ +void USART_DECmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_DEPolarityConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEPolarity); +void USART_SetDEAssertionTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEAssertionTime); +void USART_SetDEDeassertionTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEDeassertionTime); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_DMAReceptionErrorConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DMAOnError); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_RequestCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_Request, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_OverrunDetectionConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_OVRDetection); +FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_FLAG); +void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_FLAG); +ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT); +void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30x_USART_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_wwdg.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_wwdg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07cc0b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_wwdg.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_wwdg.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the WWDG + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30X_WWDG_H +#define __STM32F30X_WWDG_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup WWDG + * @{ + */ +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define WWDG_Prescaler_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define WWDG_Prescaler_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define WWDG_Prescaler_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define WWDG_Prescaler_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000180) +#define IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_1) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_8)) +#define IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x7F) +#define IS_WWDG_COUNTER(COUNTER) (((COUNTER) >= 0x40) && ((COUNTER) <= 0x7F)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* Function used to set the WWDG configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void WWDG_DeInit(void); + +/* Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions **************/ +void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler); +void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue); +void WWDG_EnableIT(void); +void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter); + +/* WWDG activation functions **************************************************/ +void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void); +void WWDG_ClearFlag(void); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30X_WWDG_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_comp.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_comp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b455973 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_comp.c @@ -0,0 +1,503 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_comp.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the 7 analog comparators (COMP1, COMP2...COMP7) peripheral: + * + Comparators configuration + * + Window mode control + * + @verbatim + + ============================================================================== + ##### COMP Peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The device integrates 7 analog comparators COMP1, COMP2...COMP7: + (#) The non inverting input and inverting input can be set to GPIO pins + as shown in table1. COMP Inputs below. + + (#) The COMP output is internally is available using COMP_GetOutputLevel() + and can be set on GPIO pins. Refer to table 2. COMP Outputs below. + + (#) The COMP output can be redirected to embedded timers (TIM1, TIM2, TIM3...) + Refer to table 3. COMP Outputs redirection to embedded timers below. + + (#) The comparators COMP1 and COMP2, COMP3 and COMP4, COMP5 and COMP6 can be combined in window + mode and only COMP1, COMP3 and COMP5 non inverting input can be used as non-inverting input. + + (#) The seven comparators have interrupt capability with wake-up + from Sleep and Stop modes (through the EXTI controller): + (++) COMP1 is internally connected to EXTI Line 21 + (++) COMP2 is internally connected to EXTI Line 22 + (++) COMP3 is internally connected to EXTI Line 29 + (++) COMP4 is internally connected to EXTI Line 30 + (++) COMP5 is internally connected to EXTI Line 31 + (++) COMP6 is internally connected to EXTI Line 32 + (++) COMP7 is internally connected to EXTI Line 33 + + [..] Table 1. COMP Inputs + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | | | COMP1 | COMP2 | COMP3 | COMP4 | COMP5 | COMP6 | COMP7 | + |-----------------|----------------|---------------|---------------------------------------| + | | 1/4 VREFINT | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | + | | 1/2 VREFINT | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | + | | 3/4 VREFINT | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | + | Inverting Input | VREFINT | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | + | | DAC1 OUT (PA4) | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | + | | DAC2 OUT (PA5) | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | + | | IO1 | PA0 | PA2 | PD15 | PE8 | PD13 | PD10 | PC0 | + | | IO2 | --- | --- | PB12 | PB2 | PB10 | PB15 | --- | + |-----------------|----------------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------| + | Non Inverting | IO1 | PA1 | PA7 | PB14 | PB0 | PD12 | PD11 | PA0 | + | Input | IO2 | --- | PA3 | PD14 | PE7 | PB13 | PB11 | PC1 | + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + [..] Table 2. COMP Outputs + +-------------------------------------------------------+ + | COMP1 | COMP2 | COMP3 | COMP4 | COMP5 | COMP6 | COMP7 | + |-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------| + | PA0 | PA2 | PB1 | PC8 | PC7 | PA10 | PC2 | + | PF4 | PA7 | --- | PA8 | PA9 | PC6 | --- | + | PA6 | PA12 | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | + | PA11 | PB9 | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | + | PB8 | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | + +-------------------------------------------------------+ + + [..] Table 3. COMP Outputs redirection to embedded timers + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | COMP1 | COMP2 | COMP3 | COMP4 | COMP5 | COMP6 | COMP7 | + |----------------|----------------|----------------|----------------|----------------|----------------|----------------| + | TIM1 BKIN | TIM1 BKIN | TIM1 BKIN | TIM1 BKIN | TIM1 BKIN | TIM1 BKIN | TIM1 BKIN | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM8 BKIN | TIM8 BKIN | TIM8 BKIN | TIM8 BKIN | TIM8 BKIN | TIM8 BKIN | TIM8 BKIN | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM8 BKIN2 | TIM8 BKIN2 | TIM8 BKIN2 | TIM8 BKIN2 | TIM8 BKIN2 | TIM8 BKIN2 | TIM8 BKIN2 | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | + | + | + | + | + | + | + | + | + | TIM8BKIN2 | TIM8BKIN2 | TIM8BKIN2 | TIM8BKIN2 | TIM8BKIN2 | TIM8BKIN2 | TIM8BKIN2 | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM1 OCREFCLR | TIM1 OCREFCLR | TIM1 OCREFCLR | TIM8 OCREFCLR | TIM8 OCREFCLR | TIM8 OCREFCLR | TIM1 OCREFCLR | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM1 IC1 | TIM1 IC1 | TIM2 OCREFCLR | TIM3 IC3 | TIM2 IC1 | TIM2 IC2 | TIM8 OCREFCLR | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM2 IC4 | TIM2 IC4 | TIM3 IC2 | TIM3 OCREFCLR | TIM3 OCREFCLR | TIM2 OCREFCLR | TIM2 IC3 | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM2 OCREFCLR | TIM2 OCREFCLR | TIM4 IC1 | TIM4 IC2 | TIM4 IC3 | TIM16 OCREFCLR| TIM1 IC2 | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM3 IC1 | TIM3 IC1 | TIM15 IC1 | TIM15 OCREFCLR| TIM16 BKIN | TIM16 IC1 | TIM17 OCREFCLR| + | | | | | | | | + | TIM3 OCREFCLR | TIM3 OCREFCLR | TIM15 BKIN | TIM15 IC2 | TIM17 IC1 | TIM4 IC4 | TIM17 BKIN | + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + [..] Table 4. COMP Outputs blanking sources + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | COMP1 | COMP2 | COMP3 | COMP4 | COMP5 | COMP6 | COMP7 | + |----------------|----------------|----------------|----------------|----------------|----------------|----------------| + | TIM1 OC5 | TIM1 OC5 | TIM1 OC5 | TIM3 OC4 | TIM3 OC3 | TIM2 OC4 | TIM1 OC5 | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM2 OC3 | TIM2 OC3 | -------- | TIM8 OC5 | TIM8 OC5 | TIM8 OC5 | TIM8 OC5 | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM3 OC3 | TIM3 OC3 | TIM2 OC4 | TIM15 OC1 | TIM8 BKIN | TIM15 OC2 | TIM15 OC2 | + | | | | | | | | + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver provides functions to configure and program the Comparators + of all STM32F30x devices. + + To use the comparator, perform the following steps: + + (#) Enable the SYSCFG APB clock to get write access to comparator + register using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); + + (#) Configure the comparator input in analog mode using GPIO_Init() + + (#) Configure the comparator output in alternate function mode + using GPIO_Init() and use GPIO_PinAFConfig() function to map the + comparator output to the GPIO pin + + (#) Configure the comparator using COMP_Init() function: + (++) Select the inverting input + (++) Select the non-inverting input + (++) Select the output polarity + (++) Select the output redirection + (++) Select the hysteresis level + (++) Select the power mode + + (#) Enable the comparator using COMP_Cmd() function + + (#) If required enable the COMP interrupt by configuring and enabling + EXTI line in Interrupt mode and selecting the desired sensitivity + level using EXTI_Init() function. After that enable the comparator + interrupt vector using NVIC_Init() function. + + @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_comp.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP + * @brief COMP driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* CSR register Mask */ +#define COMP_CSR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000003) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes COMP peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @note Deinitialization can't be performed if the COMP configuration is locked. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param COMP_Selection: the selected comparator. + * This parameter can be COMP_Selection_COMPx where x can be 1 to 7 + * to select the COMP peripheral. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_DeInit(uint32_t COMP_Selection) +{ + /*!< Set COMP_CSR register to reset value */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the COMP peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in COMP_InitStruct + * @note If the selected comparator is locked, initialization can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @note By default, PA1 is selected as COMP1 non inverting input. + * To use PA4 as COMP1 non inverting input call COMP_SwitchCmd() after COMP_Init() + * @param COMP_Selection: the selected comparator. + * This parameter can be COMP_Selection_COMPx where x can be 1 to 7 + * to select the COMP peripheral. + * @param COMP_InitStruct: pointer to an COMP_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified COMP peripheral. + * - COMP_InvertingInput specifies the inverting input of COMP + * - COMP_NonInvertingInput specifies the non inverting input of COMP + * - COMP_Output connect COMP output to selected timer + * input (Input capture / Output Compare Reference Clear / Break Input) + * - COMP_BlankingSrce specifies the blanking source of COMP + * - COMP_OutputPol select output polarity + * - COMP_Hysteresis configures COMP hysteresis value + * - COMP_Mode configures COMP power mode + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_Init(uint32_t COMP_Selection, COMP_InitTypeDef* COMP_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_PERIPH(COMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_INVERTING_INPUT(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_InvertingInput)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_NONINVERTING_INPUT(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_NonInvertingInput)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_OUTPUT(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Output)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_BLANKING_SOURCE(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_BlankingSrce)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_OUTPUT_POL(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_OutputPol)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_HYSTERESIS(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Hysteresis)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_MODE(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Mode)); + + /*!< Get the COMPx_CSR register value */ + tmpreg = *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection); + + /*!< Clear the COMP1SW1, COMPxINSEL, COMPxOUTSEL, COMPxPOL, COMPxHYST and COMPxMODE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t) (COMP_CSR_CLEAR_MASK); + + /*!< Configure COMP: inverting input, output redirection, hysteresis value and power mode */ + /*!< Set COMPxINSEL bits according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_InvertingInput value */ + /*!< Set COMPxNONINSEL bits according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_NonInvertingInput value */ + /*!< Set COMPxBLANKING bits according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_BlankingSrce value */ + /*!< Set COMPxOUTSEL bits according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Output value */ + /*!< Set COMPxPOL bit according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_OutputPol value */ + /*!< Set COMPxHYST bits according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Hysteresis value */ + /*!< Set COMPxMODE bits according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Mode value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_InvertingInput | COMP_InitStruct->COMP_NonInvertingInput | + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Output | COMP_InitStruct->COMP_OutputPol | COMP_InitStruct->COMP_BlankingSrce | + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Hysteresis | COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Mode); + + /*!< Write to COMPx_CSR register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each COMP_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param COMP_InitStruct: pointer to an COMP_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_StructInit(COMP_InitTypeDef* COMP_InitStruct) +{ + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_InvertingInput = COMP_InvertingInput_1_4VREFINT; + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_NonInvertingInput = COMP_NonInvertingInput_IO1; + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Output = COMP_Output_None; + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_BlankingSrce = COMP_BlankingSrce_None; + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_OutputPol = COMP_OutputPol_NonInverted; + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Hysteresis = COMP_Hysteresis_No; + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Mode = COMP_Mode_UltraLowPower; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable or disable the COMP peripheral. + * @note If the selected comparator is locked, enable/disable can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param COMP_Selection: the selected comparator. + * This parameter can be COMP_Selection_COMPx where x can be 1 to 7 + * to select the COMP peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the COMP peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * When enabled, the comparator compares the non inverting input with + * the inverting input and the comparison result is available + * on comparator output. + * When disabled, the comparator doesn't perform comparison and the + * output level is low. + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_Cmd(uint32_t COMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_PERIPH(COMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected COMPx peripheral */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) (COMP_CSR_COMPxEN); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected COMP peripheral */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) &= (uint32_t)(~COMP_CSR_COMPxEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Close or Open the SW1 switch. + * @note If the COMP1 is locked, Close/Open the SW1 switch can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @note This switch is solely intended to redirect signals onto high + * impedance input, such as COMP1 non-inverting input (highly resistive switch) + * @param NewState: New state of the analog switch. + * This parameter can be + * ENABLE so the SW1 is closed; PA1 is connected to PA4 + * or DISABLE so the SW1 switch is open; PA1 is disconnected from PA4 + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_SwitchCmd(uint32_t COMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Close SW1 switch */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) (COMP_CSR_COMP1SW1); + } + else + { + /* Open SW1 switch */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) &= (uint32_t)(~COMP_CSR_COMP1SW1); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Return the output level (high or low) of the selected comparator. + * The output level depends on the selected polarity. + * If the polarity is not inverted: + * - Comparator output is low when the non-inverting input is at a lower + * voltage than the inverting input + * - Comparator output is high when the non-inverting input is at a higher + * voltage than the inverting input + * If the polarity is inverted: + * - Comparator output is high when the non-inverting input is at a lower + * voltage than the inverting input + * - Comparator output is low when the non-inverting input is at a higher + * voltage than the inverting input + * @param COMP_Selection: the selected comparator. + * This parameter can be COMP_Selection_COMPx where x can be 1 to 7 + * to select the COMP peripheral. + * @retval Returns the selected comparator output level: low or high. + * + */ +uint32_t COMP_GetOutputLevel(uint32_t COMP_Selection) +{ + uint32_t compout = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_PERIPH(COMP_Selection)); + + /* Check if selected comparator output is high */ + if ((*(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) & (COMP_CSR_COMPxOUT)) != 0) + { + compout = COMP_OutputLevel_High; + } + else + { + compout = COMP_OutputLevel_Low; + } + + /* Return the comparator output level */ + return (uint32_t)(compout); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Group2 Window mode control function + * @brief Window mode control function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Window mode control function ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the window mode. + * Window mode for comparators makes use of two comparators: + * COMP1 and COM2, COMP3 and COMP4, COMP5 and COMP6. + * In window mode, COMPx and COMPx-1 (where x can be 2, 4 or 6) + * non inverting inputs are connected together and only COMPx-1 non + * inverting input can be used. + * e.g When window mode enabled for COMP4, COMP3 non inverting input (PB14 or PD14) + * is to be used. + * @note If the COMPx is locked, ENABLE/DISABLE the window mode can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param COMP_Selection: the selected comparator. + * This parameter can be COMP_Selection_COMPx where x can be 2, 4 or 6 + * to select the COMP peripheral. + * param NewState: new state of the window mode. + * This parameter can be ENABLE or DISABLE. + * When enbaled, COMPx and COMPx-1 non inverting inputs are connected together. + * When disabled, COMPx and COMPx-1 non inverting inputs are disconnected. + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_WindowCmd(uint32_t COMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_WINDOW(COMP_Selection)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the window mode */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) COMP_CSR_COMPxWNDWEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the window mode */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) &= (uint32_t)(~COMP_CSR_COMPxWNDWEN); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Group3 COMP configuration locking function + * @brief COMP1, COMP2,...COMP7 configuration locking function + * COMP1, COMP2,...COMP7 configuration can be locked each separately. + * Unlocking is performed by system reset. + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Configuration Lock function ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Lock the selected comparator (COMP1/COMP2) configuration. + * @note Locking the configuration means that all control bits are read-only. + * To unlock the comparator configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param COMP_Selection: the selected comparator. + * This parameter can be COMP_Selection_COMPx where x can be 1 to 7 + * to select the COMP peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_LockConfig(uint32_t COMP_Selection) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_PERIPH(COMP_Selection)); + + /* Set the lock bit corresponding to selected comparator */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) (COMP_CSR_COMPxLOCK); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_crc.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_crc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3a47b85 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_crc.c @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_crc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of CRC computation unit peripheral: + * + Configuration of the CRC computation unit + * + CRC computation of one/many 32-bit data + * + CRC Independent register (IDR) access + * + @verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable CRC AHB clock using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC, ENABLE) + function. + (#) Select the polynomial size: 7-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit or 32-bit. + (#) Set the polynomial coefficients using CRC_SetPolynomial(); + (#) If required, select the reverse operation on input data + using CRC_ReverseInputDataSelect(); + (#) If required, enable the reverse operation on output data + using CRC_ReverseOutputDataCmd(Enable); + (#) If required, set the initialization remainder value using + CRC_SetInitRegister(); + (#) use CRC_CalcCRC() function to compute the CRC of a 32-bit data + or use CRC_CalcBlockCRC() function to compute the CRC if a 32-bit + data buffer. + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_crc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC + * @brief CRC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Group1 Configuration of the CRC computation unit functions + * @brief Configuration of the CRC computation unit functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CRC configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes CRC peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Set DR register to reset value */ + CRC->DR = 0xFFFFFFFF; + /* Set the POL register to the reset value: 0x04C11DB7 */ + CRC->POL = 0x04C11DB7; + /* Reset IDR register */ + CRC->IDR = 0x00; + /* Set INIT register to reset value */ + CRC->INIT = 0xFFFFFFFF; + /* Reset the CRC calculation unit */ + CRC->CR = CRC_CR_RESET; +} + +/** + * @brief Resets the CRC calculation unit and sets INIT register content in DR register. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_ResetDR(void) +{ + /* Reset CRC generator */ + CRC->CR |= CRC_CR_RESET; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the polynomial size. + * @param CRC_PolSize: Specifies the polynomial size. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg CRC_PolSize_7: 7-bit polynomial for CRC calculation + * @arg CRC_PolSize_8: 8-bit polynomial for CRC calculation + * @arg CRC_PolSize_16: 16-bit polynomial for CRC calculation + * @arg CRC_PolSize_32: 32-bit polynomial for CRC calculation + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_PolynomialSizeSelect(uint32_t CRC_PolSize) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_CRC_POL_SIZE(CRC_PolSize)); + + /* Get CR register value */ + tmpcr = CRC->CR; + + /* Reset POL_SIZE bits */ + tmpcr &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CRC_CR_POLSIZE); + /* Set the polynomial size */ + tmpcr |= (uint32_t)CRC_PolSize; + + /* Write to CR register */ + CRC->CR = (uint32_t)tmpcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the reverse operation to be performed on input data. + * @param CRC_ReverseInputData: Specifies the reverse operation on input data. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg CRC_ReverseInputData_No: No reverse operation is performed + * @arg CRC_ReverseInputData_8bits: reverse operation performed on 8 bits + * @arg CRC_ReverseInputData_16bits: reverse operation performed on 16 bits + * @arg CRC_ReverseInputData_32bits: reverse operation performed on 32 bits + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_ReverseInputDataSelect(uint32_t CRC_ReverseInputData) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_CRC_REVERSE_INPUT_DATA(CRC_ReverseInputData)); + + /* Get CR register value */ + tmpcr = CRC->CR; + + /* Reset REV_IN bits */ + tmpcr &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CRC_CR_REV_IN); + /* Set the reverse operation */ + tmpcr |= (uint32_t)CRC_ReverseInputData; + + /* Write to CR register */ + CRC->CR = (uint32_t)tmpcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disable the reverse operation on output data. + * The reverse operation on output data is performed on 32-bit. + * @param NewState: new state of the reverse operation on output data. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_ReverseOutputDataCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable reverse operation on output data */ + CRC->CR |= CRC_CR_REV_OUT; + } + else + { + /* Disable reverse operation on output data */ + CRC->CR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CRC_CR_REV_OUT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the INIT register. + * @note After resetting CRC calculation unit, CRC_InitValue is stored in DR register + * @param CRC_InitValue: Programmable initial CRC value + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_SetInitRegister(uint32_t CRC_InitValue) +{ + CRC->INIT = CRC_InitValue; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the polynomail coefficients. + * @param CRC_Pol: Polynomial to be used for CRC calculation. + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_SetPolynomial(uint32_t CRC_Pol) +{ + CRC->POL = CRC_Pol; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Group2 CRC computation of one/many 32-bit data functions + * @brief CRC computation of one/many 32-bit data functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CRC computation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given data word(32-bit). + * @param CRC_Data: data word(32-bit) to compute its CRC + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t CRC_Data) +{ + CRC->DR = CRC_Data; + + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Computes the 16-bit CRC of a given 16-bit data. + * @param CRC_Data: data half-word(16-bit) to compute its CRC + * @retval 16-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC16bits(uint16_t CRC_Data) +{ + *(uint16_t*)(CRC_BASE) = (uint16_t) CRC_Data; + + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Computes the 8-bit CRC of a given 8-bit data. + * @param CRC_Data: 8-bit data to compute its CRC + * @retval 8-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC8bits(uint8_t CRC_Data) +{ + *(uint8_t*)(CRC_BASE) = (uint8_t) CRC_Data; + + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given buffer of data word(32-bit). + * @param pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed + * @param BufferLength: length of the buffer to be computed + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength) +{ + uint32_t index = 0; + + for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++) + { + CRC->DR = pBuffer[index]; + } + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current CRC value. + * @param None + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void) +{ + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Group3 CRC Independent Register (IDR) access functions + * @brief CRC Independent Register (IDR) access (write/read) functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CRC Independent Register (IDR) access functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Stores an 8-bit data in the Independent Data(ID) register. + * @param CRC_IDValue: 8-bit value to be stored in the ID register + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t CRC_IDValue) +{ + CRC->IDR = CRC_IDValue; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the 8-bit data stored in the Independent Data(ID) register + * @param None + * @retval 8-bit value of the ID register + */ +uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void) +{ + return (CRC->IDR); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_dbgmcu.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_dbgmcu.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e93b532 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_dbgmcu.c @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_dbgmcu.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Debug MCU (DBGMCU) peripheral: + * + Device and Revision ID management + * + Peripherals Configuration + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_dbgmcu.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU + * @brief DBGMCU driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Group1 Device and Revision ID management functions + * @brief Device and Revision ID management functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Device and Revision ID management functions ##### + ============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the device revision identifier. + * @param None + * @retval Device revision identifier + */ +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void) +{ + return(DBGMCU->IDCODE >> 16); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the device identifier. + * @param None + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void) +{ + return(DBGMCU->IDCODE & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Group2 Peripherals Configuration functions + * @brief Peripherals Configuration + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripherals Configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures low power mode behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. + * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the low power mode. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DBGMCU_SLEEP: Keep debugger connection during SLEEP mode. + * @arg DBGMCU_STOP: Keep debugger connection during STOP mode. + * @arg DBGMCU_STANDBY: Keep debugger connection during STANDBY mode. + * @param NewState: new state of the specified low power mode in Debug mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + DBGMCU->CR |= DBGMCU_Periph; + } + else + { + DBGMCU->CR &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures APB1 peripheral behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. + * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP: TIM2 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP: TIM3 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP: TIM4 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP: TIM6 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP: TIM7 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_RTC_STOP: RTC Calendar and Wakeup counter are stopped when + * Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP: Debug WWDG stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP: Debug IWDG stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C1 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when + * Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C2 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when + * Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_CAN1_STOP: Debug CAN2 stopped when Core is halted. + * @param NewState: new state of the specified APB1 peripheral in Debug mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DBGMCU_APB1PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_APB1PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= DBGMCU_Periph; + } + else + { + DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures APB2 peripheral behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. + * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM1_STOP: TIM1 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM8_STOP: TIM8 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM15_STOP: TIM15 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM16_STOP: TIM16 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM17_STOP: TIM17 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @param NewState: new state of the specified APB2 peripheral in Debug mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DBGMCU_APB2PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_APB2PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= DBGMCU_Periph; + } + else + { + DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_dma.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_dma.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8982b1e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_dma.c @@ -0,0 +1,866 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_dma.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Direct Memory Access controller (DMA): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Data Counter + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable The DMA controller clock using + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1, ENABLE) function for DMA1 or + using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2, ENABLE) function for DMA2. + (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA channel + (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is necessary). + (#) For a given Channel, program the Source and Destination addresses, + the transfer Direction, the Buffer Size, the Peripheral and Memory + Incrementation mode and Data Size, the Circular or Normal mode, + the channel transfer Priority and the Memory-to-Memory transfer + mode (if needed) using the DMA_Init() function. + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt(s) using the function + DMA_ITConfig() if you need to use DMA interrupts. + (#) Enable the DMA channel using the DMA_Cmd() function. + (#) Activate the needed channel Request using PPP_DMACmd() function for + any PPP peripheral except internal SRAM and FLASH (ie. SPI, USART ...) + The function allowing this operation is provided in each PPP peripheral + driver (ie. SPI_DMACmd for SPI peripheral). + (#) Optionally, you can configure the number of data to be transferred + when the channel is disabled (ie. after each Transfer Complete event + or when a Transfer Error occurs) using the function DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(). + And you can get the number of remaining data to be transferred using + the function DMA_GetCurrDataCounter() at run time (when the DMA channel is + enabled and running). + (#) To control DMA events you can use one of the following two methods: + (##) Check on DMA channel flags using the function DMA_GetFlagStatus(). + (##) Use DMA interrupts through the function DMA_ITConfig() at initialization + phase and DMA_GetITStatus() function into interrupt routines in + communication phase. + After checking on a flag you should clear it using DMA_ClearFlag() + function. And after checking on an interrupt event you should + clear it using DMA_ClearITPendingBit() function. + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_dma.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA + * @brief DMA driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define CCR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF800F) /* DMA Channel config registers Masks */ +#define FLAG_Mask ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /* DMA2 FLAG mask */ + + +/* DMA1 Channelx interrupt pending bit masks */ +#define DMA1_CHANNEL1_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF1 | DMA_ISR_TCIF1 | DMA_ISR_HTIF1 | DMA_ISR_TEIF1)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL2_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF2 | DMA_ISR_TCIF2 | DMA_ISR_HTIF2 | DMA_ISR_TEIF2)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL3_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF3 | DMA_ISR_TCIF3 | DMA_ISR_HTIF3 | DMA_ISR_TEIF3)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL4_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF4 | DMA_ISR_TCIF4 | DMA_ISR_HTIF4 | DMA_ISR_TEIF4)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL5_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF5 | DMA_ISR_TCIF5 | DMA_ISR_HTIF5 | DMA_ISR_TEIF5)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL6_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF6 | DMA_ISR_TCIF6 | DMA_ISR_HTIF6 | DMA_ISR_TEIF6)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL7_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF7 | DMA_ISR_TCIF7 | DMA_ISR_HTIF7 | DMA_ISR_TEIF7)) + +/* DMA2 Channelx interrupt pending bit masks */ +#define DMA2_CHANNEL1_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF1 | DMA_ISR_TCIF1 | DMA_ISR_HTIF1 | DMA_ISR_TEIF1)) +#define DMA2_CHANNEL2_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF2 | DMA_ISR_TCIF2 | DMA_ISR_HTIF2 | DMA_ISR_TEIF2)) +#define DMA2_CHANNEL3_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF3 | DMA_ISR_TCIF3 | DMA_ISR_HTIF3 | DMA_ISR_TEIF3)) +#define DMA2_CHANNEL4_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF4 | DMA_ISR_TCIF4 | DMA_ISR_HTIF4 | DMA_ISR_TEIF4)) +#define DMA2_CHANNEL5_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF5 | DMA_ISR_TCIF5 | DMA_ISR_HTIF5 | DMA_ISR_TEIF5)) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA channel + source and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer + direction, buffer size, circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory + mode selection and channel priority value. + [..] The DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described + in reference manual (RM00316). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the DMAy Channelx registers to their default reset + * values. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + + /* Disable the selected DMAy Channelx */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= (uint16_t)(~DMA_CCR_EN); + + /* Reset DMAy Channelx control register */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Channelx remaining bytes register */ + DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Channelx peripheral address register */ + DMAy_Channelx->CPAR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Channelx memory address register */ + DMAy_Channelx->CMAR = 0; + + if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel1) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel1 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL1_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel2) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel2 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL2_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel3) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel3 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL3_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel4) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel4 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL4_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel5) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel5 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL5_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel6) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel6 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL6_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel7) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel7 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL7_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel1) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel1 */ + DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL1_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel2) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel2 */ + DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL2_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel3) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel3 */ + DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL3_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel4) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel4 */ + DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL4_IT_MASK; + } + else + { + if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel5) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel5 */ + DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL5_IT_MASK; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DMAy Channelx according to the specified parameters + * in the DMA_InitStruct. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel. + * @param DMA_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_Init(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_DIR(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_M2M_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M)); + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CCR Configuration ----------------*/ + /* Get the DMAy_Channelx CCR value */ + tmpreg = DMAy_Channelx->CCR; + + /* Clear MEM2MEM, PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC and DIR bits */ + tmpreg &= CCR_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Configure DMAy Channelx: data transfer, data size, priority level and mode */ + /* Set DIR bit according to DMA_DIR value */ + /* Set CIRC bit according to DMA_Mode value */ + /* Set PINC bit according to DMA_PeripheralInc value */ + /* Set MINC bit according to DMA_MemoryInc value */ + /* Set PSIZE bits according to DMA_PeripheralDataSize value */ + /* Set MSIZE bits according to DMA_MemoryDataSize value */ + /* Set PL bits according to DMA_Priority value */ + /* Set the MEM2MEM bit according to DMA_M2M value */ + tmpreg |= DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M; + + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CCR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR = tmpreg; + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CNDTR Configuration --------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CNDTR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize; + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CPAR Configuration ---------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CPAR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CPAR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr; + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CMAR Configuration ---------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CMAR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CMAR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBaseAddr; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each DMA_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param DMA_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct) +{ +/*-------------- Reset DMA init structure parameters values ------------------*/ + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = 0; + /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryBaseAddr member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBaseAddr = 0; + /* Initialize the DMA_DIR member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC; + /* Initialize the DMA_BufferSize member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize = 0; + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralInc member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc = DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable; + /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryInc member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Disable; + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralDataSize member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte; + /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryDataSize member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize = DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte; + /* Initialize the DMA_Mode member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode = DMA_Mode_Normal; + /* Initialize the DMA_Priority member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority = DMA_Priority_Low; + /* Initialize the DMA_M2M member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M = DMA_M2M_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DMAy Channelx. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel. + * @param NewState: new state of the DMAy Channelx. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DMAy Channelx */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR |= DMA_CCR_EN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DMAy Channelx */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= (uint16_t)(~DMA_CCR_EN); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group2 Data Counter functions + * @brief Data Counter functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data Counter functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides function allowing to configure and read the buffer + size (number of data to be transferred).The DMA data counter can be written + only when the DMA channel is disabled (ie. after transfer complete event). + [..] The following function can be used to write the Channel data counter value: + (+) void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t DataNumber). + [..] + (@) It is advised to use this function rather than DMA_Init() in situations + where only the Data buffer needs to be reloaded. + [..] The DMA data counter can be read to indicate the number of remaining transfers + for the relative DMA channel. This counter is decremented at the end of each + data transfer and when the transfer is complete: + (+) If Normal mode is selected: the counter is set to 0. + (+) If Circular mode is selected: the counter is reloaded with the initial + value(configured before enabling the DMA channel). + [..] The following function can be used to read the Channel data counter value: + (+) uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the number of data units in the current DMAy Channelx transfer. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel. + * @param DataNumber: The number of data units in the current DMAy Channelx + * transfer. + * @note This function can only be used when the DMAy_Channelx is disabled. + * @retval None. + */ +void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t DataNumber) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CNDTR Configuration --------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CNDTR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = DataNumber; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the number of remaining data units in the current + * DMAy Channelx transfer. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel. + * @retval The number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Channelx + * transfer. + */ +uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + /* Return the number of remaining data units for DMAy Channelx */ + return ((uint16_t)(DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides functions allowing to configure the DMA Interrupt + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the DMA controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + *** Polling Mode *** + ==================== + [..] Each DMA channel can be managed through 4 event Flags (y : DMA Controller + number, x : DMA channel number): + (#) DMAy_FLAG_TCx : to indicate that a Transfer Complete event occurred. + (#) DMAy_FLAG_HTx : to indicate that a Half-Transfer Complete event occurred. + (#) DMAy_FLAG_TEx : to indicate that a Transfer Error occurred. + (#) DMAy_FLAG_GLx : to indicate that at least one of the events described + above occurred. + [..] + (@) Clearing DMAy_FLAG_GLx results in clearing all other pending flags of the + same channel (DMAy_FLAG_TCx, DMAy_FLAG_HTx and DMAy_FLAG_TEx). + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMA_FLAG); + (+) void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMA_FLAG); + + *** Interrupt Mode *** + ====================== + [..] Each DMA channel can be managed through 4 Interrupts: + (+) Interrupt Source + (##) DMA_IT_TC: specifies the interrupt source for the Transfer Complete + event. + (##) DMA_IT_HT: specifies the interrupt source for the Half-transfer Complete + event. + (##) DMA_IT_TE: specifies the interrupt source for the transfer errors event. + (##) DMA_IT_GL: to indicate that at least one of the interrupts described + above occurred. + -@@- Clearing DMA_IT_GL interrupt results in clearing all other interrupts of + the same channel (DMA_IT_TCx, DMA_IT_HT and DMA_IT_TE). + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + (+) ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMA_IT); + (+) void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMA_IT); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DMAy Channelx interrupts. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel. + * @param DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupts sources to be enabled + * or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask + * @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer interrupt mask + * @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified DMA interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(DMA_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DMA interrupts */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR |= DMA_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DMA interrupts */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= ~DMA_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DMAy Channelx flag is set or not. + * @param DMAy_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error flag. + * + * @note + * The Global flag (DMAy_FLAG_GLx) is set whenever any of the other flags + * relative to the same channel is set (Transfer Complete, Half-transfer + * Complete or Transfer Error flags: DMAy_FLAG_TCx, DMAy_FLAG_HTx or + * DMAy_FLAG_TEx). + * + * @retval The new state of DMAy_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(DMAy_FLAG)); + + /* Calculate the used DMAy */ + if ((DMAy_FLAG & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Get DMA2 ISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMA2->ISR ; + } + else + { + /* Get DMA1 ISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMA1->ISR ; + } + + /* Check the status of the specified DMAy flag */ + if ((tmpreg & DMAy_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* DMAy_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DMAy_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the DMAy_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DMAy Channelx's pending flags. + * @param DMAy_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination (for the same DMA) of the following values: + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error flag. + * + * @note + * Clearing the Global flag (DMAy_FLAG_GLx) results in clearing all other flags + * relative to the same channel (Transfer Complete, Half-transfer Complete and + * Transfer Error flags: DMAy_FLAG_TCx, DMAy_FLAG_HTx and DMAy_FLAG_TEx). + * + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(DMAy_FLAG)); + +/* Calculate the used DMAy */ + if ((DMAy_FLAG & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Clear the selected DMAy flags */ + DMA2->IFCR = DMAy_FLAG; + } + else + { + /* Clear the selected DMAy flags */ + DMA1->IFCR = DMAy_FLAG; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DMAy Channelx interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param DMAy_IT: specifies the DMAy interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error interrupt. + * + * @note + * The Global interrupt (DMAy_FLAG_GLx) is set whenever any of the other + * interrupts relative to the same channel is set (Transfer Complete, + * Half-transfer Complete or Transfer Error interrupts: DMAy_IT_TCx, + * DMAy_IT_HTx or DMAy_IT_TEx). + * + * @retval The new state of DMAy_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMAy_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_IT(DMAy_IT)); + + /* Calculate the used DMA */ + if ((DMAy_IT & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Get DMA2 ISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMA2->ISR; + } + else + { + /* Get DMA1 ISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMA1->ISR; + } + + /* Check the status of the specified DMAy interrupt */ + if ((tmpreg & DMAy_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* DMAy_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DMAy_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DMAy_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DMAy Channelx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param DMAy_IT: specifies the DMAy interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination (for the same DMA) of the following values: + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error interrupt. + * + * @note + * Clearing the Global interrupt (DMAy_IT_GLx) results in clearing all other + * interrupts relative to the same channel (Transfer Complete, Half-transfer + * Complete and Transfer Error interrupts: DMAy_IT_TCx, DMAy_IT_HTx and + * DMAy_IT_TEx). + * + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMAy_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(DMAy_IT)); + + /* Calculate the used DMAy */ + if ((DMAy_IT & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Clear the selected DMAy interrupt pending bits */ + DMA2->IFCR = DMAy_IT; + } + else + { + /* Clear the selected DMAy interrupt pending bits */ + DMA1->IFCR = DMAy_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_exti.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_exti.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..885b0f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_exti.c @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_exti.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the EXTI peripheral: + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### EXTI features ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] External interrupt/event lines are mapped as following: + (#) All available GPIO pins are connected to the 16 external + interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15. + (#) EXTI line 16 is connected to the PVD output + (#) EXTI line 17 is connected to the RTC Alarm event + (#) EXTI line 18 is connected to USB Device wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 19 is connected to the RTC Tamper and TimeStamp events + (#) EXTI line 20 is connected to the RTC wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 21 is connected to the Comparator 1 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 22 is connected to the Comparator 2 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 23 is connected to the I2C1 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 24 is connected to the I2C2 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 25 is connected to the USART1 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 26 is connected to the USART2 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 27 is reserved + (#) EXTI line 28 is connected to the USART3 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 29 is connected to the Comparator 3 event + (#) EXTI line 30 is connected to the Comparator 4 event + (#) EXTI line 31 is connected to the Comparator 5 event + (#) EXTI line 32 is connected to the Comparator 6 event + (#) EXTI line 33 is connected to the Comparator 7 event + (#) EXTI line 34 is connected for thr UART4 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 35 is connected for the UART5 wakeup event + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] In order to use an I/O pin as an external interrupt source, + follow steps below: + (#) Configure the I/O in input mode using GPIO_Init(). + (#) Select the input source pin for the EXTI line using + SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(). + (#) Select the mode(interrupt, event) and configure the trigger + selection (Rising, falling or both) using EXTI_Init(). For the + internal interrupt, the trigger selection is not needed + (the active edge is always the rising one). + (#) Configure NVIC IRQ channel mapped to the EXTI line using NVIC_Init(). + (#) Optionally, you can generate a software interrupt using the function + EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(). + [..] + (@) SYSCFG APB clock must be enabled to get write access to SYSCFG_EXTICRx + registers using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_exti.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI + * @brief EXTI driver modules + * @{ + */ + + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define EXTI_LINENONE ((uint32_t)0x00000) /* No interrupt selected */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the EXTI peripheral registers to their default reset + * values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_DeInit(void) +{ + EXTI->IMR = 0x1F800000; + EXTI->EMR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->RTSR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->FTSR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->SWIER = 0x00000000; + EXTI->PR = 0xE07FFFFF; + EXTI->IMR2 = 0x0000000C; + EXTI->EMR2 = 0x00000000; + EXTI->RTSR2 = 0x00000000; + EXTI->FTSR2 = 0x00000000; + EXTI->SWIER2 = 0x00000000; + EXTI->PR2 = 0x00000003; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the EXTI peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the EXTI_InitStruct. + * EXTI_Line specifies the EXTI line (EXTI0....EXTI35). + * EXTI_Mode specifies which EXTI line is used as interrupt or an event. + * EXTI_Trigger selects the trigger. When the trigger occurs, interrupt + * pending bit will be set. + * EXTI_LineCmd controls (Enable/Disable) the EXTI line. + * @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the EXTI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ + + +void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE_ALL(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE; + + if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd != DISABLE) + { + /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->IMR)) + ((EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) &= ~(uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->EMR)) + ((EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) &= ~(uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + + tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode + (((EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE; + + /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->RTSR)) + ((EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) &= ~(uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->FTSR)) + ((EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) &= ~(uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + + /* Select the trigger for the selected interrupts */ + if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling) + { + /* Rising Falling edge */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->RTSR)) + ((EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) |= (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->FTSR)) + ((EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) |= (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + } + else + { + tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger + (((EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + } + } + + else + { + tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode + (((EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20); + + /* Disable the selected external lines */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= ~(uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + } + +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each EXTI_InitStruct member with its reset value. + * @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct) +{ + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line = EXTI_LINENONE; + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode = EXTI_Mode_Interrupt; + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger = EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling; + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd = DISABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Generates a Software interrupt on selected EXTI line. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line on which the software interrupt + * will be generated. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..20). + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE_EXT(EXTI_Line)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->SWIER)) + ((EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) |= (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Group2 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief EXTI Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to configure the EXTI Interrupts + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line flag to check. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..20). + * @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + if ((*(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->PR)) + ((EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20)& (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F))) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending flags. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines flags to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..20). + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE_EXT(EXTI_Line)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->PR)) + ((EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) = (1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line is asserted or not. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line to check. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..20). + * @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + enablestatus = *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->IMR)) + ((EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) & (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + + if ( (((*(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->PR)) + (((EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) )) & (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F))) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; + +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending bits. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..20). + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE_EXT(EXTI_Line)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->PR)) + ((EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) = (1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_flash.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_flash.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3756f79 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_flash.c @@ -0,0 +1,1172 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_flash.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the FLASH peripheral: + * + FLASH Interface configuration + * + FLASH Memory Programming + * + Option Bytes Programming + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH + memory of all STM32F30x devices. These functions are split in 4 groups: + (#) FLASH Interface configuration functions: this group includes the + management of following features: + (++) Set the latency. + (++) Enable/Disable the Half Cycle Access. + (++) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer. + (#) FLASH Memory Programming functions: this group includes all needed + functions to erase and program the main memory: + (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface. + (++) Erase function: Erase page, erase all pages. + (++) Program functions: Half Word and Word write. + (#) FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all + needed functions to manage the Option Bytes: + (++) Lock and Unlock the Flash Option bytes. + (++) Launch the Option Bytes loader + (++) Erase the Option Bytes + (++) Set/Reset the write protection + (++) Set the Read protection Level + (++) Program the user option Bytes + (++) Set/Reset the BOOT1 bit + (++) Enable/Disable the VDDA Analog Monitoring + (++) Enable/Disable the SRAM parity + (++) Get the user option bytes + (++) Get the Write protection + (++) Get the read protection status + (#) FLASH Interrupts and flags management functions: this group includes + all needed functions to: + (++) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupt sources. + (++) Get flags status. + (++) Clear flags. + (++) Get FLASH operation status. + (++) Wait for last FLASH operation. + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_flash.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH + * @brief FLASH driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* FLASH Mask */ +#define RDPRT_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define WRP01_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) +#define WRP23_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF0000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group1 FLASH Interface configuration functions + * @brief FLASH Interface configuration functions + * + +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### FLASH Interface configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This group includes the following functions: + (+) void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency); + (+) void FLASH_HalfCycleAccessCmd(uint32_t FLASH_HalfCycleAccess); + (+) void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + [..] The unlock sequence is not needed for these functions. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the code latency value. + * @param FLASH_Latency: specifies the FLASH Latency value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_Latency_0: FLASH Zero Latency cycle + * @arg FLASH_Latency_1: FLASH One Latency cycle + * @arg FLASH_Latency_2: FLASH Two Latency cycles + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLASH_Latency)); + + /* Read the ACR register */ + tmpreg = FLASH->ACR; + + /* Sets the Latency value */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t) (~((uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)); + tmpreg |= FLASH_Latency; + + /* Write the ACR register */ + FLASH->ACR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Half cycle flash access. + * @param FLASH_HalfCycleAccess: specifies the FLASH Half cycle Access mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Enable: FLASH Half Cycle Enable + * @arg FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Disable: FLASH Half Cycle Disable + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_HalfCycleAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_HLFCYA; + } + else + { + FLASH->ACR &= (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_HLFCYA)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Prefetch Buffer. + * @param NewState: new state of the Prefetch Buffer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_PRFTBE; + } + else + { + FLASH->ACR &= (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_PRFTBE)); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group2 FLASH Memory Programming functions + * @brief FLASH Memory Programming functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### FLASH Memory Programming functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This group includes the following functions: + (+) void FLASH_Unlock(void); + (+) void FLASH_Lock(void); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(uint32_t Page_Address); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllPages(void); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data); + [..] Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps: + (#) Call the FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the FLASH control register + program memory access. + (#) Call the desired function to erase page or program data. + (#) Call the FLASH_Lock() function to disable the FLASH control register + access (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible + unwanted operation). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Unlocks the FLASH control register access + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_Unlock(void) +{ + if((FLASH->CR & FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET) + { + /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */ + FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Locks the FLASH control register access + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_LOCK; +} + +/** + * @brief Erases a specified page in program memory. + * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * @note Call the FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param Page_Address: The page address in program memory to be erased. + * @note A Page is erased in the Program memory only if the address to load + * is the start address of a page (multiple of 1024 bytes). + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(uint32_t Page_Address) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Page_Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the page */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PER; + FLASH->AR = Page_Address; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + /* Disable the PER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_PER; + } + + /* Return the Erase Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Erases all FLASH pages. + * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * all the FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllPages(void) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all pages */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_MER; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + /* Disable the MER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_MER; + } + + /* Return the Erase Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a word at a specified address. + * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new first + half word */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; + + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = (uint16_t)Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new second + half word */ + tmp = Address + 2; + + *(__IO uint16_t*) tmp = Data >> 16; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + /* Disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_PG; + } + else + { + /* Disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_PG; + } + } + + /* Return the Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a half word at a specified address. + * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; + + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + /* Disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_PG; + } + + /* Return the Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group3 Option Bytes Programming functions + * @brief Option Bytes Programming functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Option Bytes Programming functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This group includes the following functions: + (+) void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void); + (+) void FLASH_OB_Lock(void); + (+) void FLASH_OB_Erase(void); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_BOOTConfig(uint8_t OB_BOOT1); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_VDDAConfig(uint8_t OB_VDDA_ANALOG); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_SRMParityConfig(uint8_t OB_SRAM_Parity); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WriteUser(uint8_t OB_USER); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_Launch(void); + (+) uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void); + (+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void); + (+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void); + [..] Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps: + (#) Call the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function to enable the FLASH option control + register access. + (#) Call one or several functions to program the desired Option Bytes: + (++) void FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState); + => to Enable/Disable the desired sector write protection. + (++) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP) => to set the + desired read Protection Level. + (++) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY); + => to configure the user Option Bytes. + (++) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_BOOTConfig(uint8_t OB_BOOT1); + => to set the boot1 mode + (++) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_VDDAConfig(uint8_t OB_VDDA_ANALOG); + => to Enable/Disable the VDDA monotoring. + (++) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_SRMParityConfig(uint8_t OB_SRAM_Parity); + => to Enable/Disable the SRAM Parity check. + (++) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WriteUser(uint8_t OB_USER); + => to write all user option bytes: OB_IWDG, OB_STOP, OB_STDBY, + OB_BOOT1, OB_VDDA_ANALOG and OB_VDD_SD12. + (#) Once all needed Option Bytes to be programmed are correctly written, + call the FLASH_OB_Launch() function to launch the Option Bytes + programming process. + (#@) When changing the IWDG mode from HW to SW or from SW to HW, a system + reset is needed to make the change effective. + (#) Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() function to disable the FLASH option control + register access (recommended to protect the Option Bytes against + possible unwanted operations). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Unlocks the option bytes block access. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void) +{ + if((FLASH->CR & FLASH_CR_OPTWRE) == RESET) + { + /* Unlocking the option bytes block access */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPTKEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPTKEY2; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Locks the option bytes block access. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the OPTWREN Bit to lock the option bytes block access */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTWRE; +} + +/** + * @brief Launch the option byte loading. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_Launch(void) +{ + /* Set the OBL_Launch bit to launch the option byte loading */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH; +} + +/** + * @brief Erases the FLASH option bytes. + * @note This functions erases all option bytes except the Read protection (RDP). + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_Erase(void) +{ + uint16_t rdptmp = OB_RDP_Level_0; + + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Get the actual read protection Option Byte value */ + if(FLASH_OB_GetRDP() != RESET) + { + rdptmp = 0x00; + } + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTER; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTER; + + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + + /* Restore the last read protection Option Byte value */ + OB->RDP = (uint16_t)rdptmp; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + else + { + if (status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + } + /* Return the erase status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Write protects the desired pages + * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * @note Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() to disable the flash control register access and the option bytes + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param OB_WRP: specifies the address of the pages to be write protected. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg value between OB_WRP_Pages0to35 and OB_WRP_Pages60to63 + * @arg OB_WRP_AllPages + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t OB_WRP) +{ + uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF; + + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(OB_WRP)); + + OB_WRP = (uint32_t)(~OB_WRP); + WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(OB_WRP & OB_WRP0_WRP0); + WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((OB_WRP & OB_WRP0_nWRP0) >> 8); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + + if(WRP0_Data != 0xFF) + { + OB->WRP0 = WRP0_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + } + if((status == FLASH_COMPLETE) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFF)) + { + OB->WRP1 = WRP1_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + } + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + /* Return the write protection operation Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the read out protection. + * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * @note Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() to disable the flash control register access and the option bytes + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param FLASH_ReadProtection_Level: specifies the read protection level. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg OB_RDP_Level_0: No protection + * @arg OB_RDP_Level_1: Read protection of the memory + * @arg OB_RDP_Level_2: Chip protection + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_RDP(OB_RDP)); + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTER; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTER; + + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + + OB->RDP = OB_RDP; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + else + { + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Disable the OPTER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTER; + } + } + } + /* Return the protection operation Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY. + * @param OB_IWDG: Selects the IWDG mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_IWDG_SW: Software IWDG selected + * @arg OB_IWDG_HW: Hardware IWDG selected + * @param OB_STOP: Reset event when entering STOP mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_STOP_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STOP + * @arg OB_STOP_RST: Reset generated when entering in STOP + * @param OB_STDBY: Reset event when entering Standby mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_STDBY_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STANDBY + * @arg OB_STDBY_RST: Reset generated when entering in STANDBY + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(OB_IWDG)); + assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(OB_STOP)); + assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(OB_STDBY)); + + /* Authorize the small information block programming */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + + OB->USER = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)(OB_IWDG | OB_STOP) | (uint8_t)(OB_STDBY |0xF8)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + /* Return the Option Byte program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or resets the BOOT1. + * @param OB_BOOT1: Set or Reset the BOOT1. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_BOOT1_RESET: BOOT1 Reset + * @arg OB_BOOT1_SET: BOOT1 Set + * @retval None + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_BOOTConfig(uint8_t OB_BOOT1) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT1(OB_BOOT1)); + + /* Authorize the small information block programming */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + + OB->USER = OB_BOOT1|0xEF; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + /* Return the Option Byte program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or resets the analogue monitoring on VDDA Power source. + * @param OB_VDDA_ANALOG: Selects the analog monitoring on VDDA Power source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_VDDA_ANALOG_ON: Analog monitoring on VDDA Power source ON + * @arg OB_VDDA_ANALOG_OFF: Analog monitoring on VDDA Power source OFF + * @retval None + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_VDDAConfig(uint8_t OB_VDDA_ANALOG) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_VDDA_ANALOG(OB_VDDA_ANALOG)); + + /* Authorize the small information block programming */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + + OB->USER = OB_VDDA_ANALOG |0xDF; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + /* Return the Option Byte program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or resets the SRAM partiy. + * @param OB_SRAM_Parity: Set or Reset the SRAM partiy enable bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_SRAM_PARITY_SET: Set SRAM partiy. + * @arg OB_SRAM_PARITY_RESET: Reset SRAM partiy. + * @retval None + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_SRAMParityConfig(uint8_t OB_SRAM_Parity) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_SRAM_PARITY(OB_SRAM_Parity)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + + OB->USER = OB_SRAM_Parity | 0xBF; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + /* Return the Option Byte program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY/ BOOT1 and OB_VDDA_ANALOG. + * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * @note Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() to disable the flash control register access and the option bytes + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param OB_USER: Selects all user option bytes + * This parameter is a combination of the following values: + * @arg OB_IWDG_SW / OB_IWDG_HW: Software / Hardware WDG selected + * @arg OB_STOP_NoRST / OB_STOP_RST: No reset / Reset generated when entering in STOP + * @arg OB_STDBY_NoRST / OB_STDBY_RST: No reset / Reset generated when entering in STANDBY + * @arg OB_BOOT1_RESET / OB_BOOT1_SET: BOOT1 Reset / Set + * @arg OB_VDDA_ANALOG_ON / OB_VDDA_ANALOG_OFF: Analog monitoring on VDDA Power source ON / OFF + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WriteUser(uint8_t OB_USER) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Authorize the small information block programming */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + + OB->USER = OB_USER | 0x88; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + /* Return the Option Byte program Status */ + return status; + +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a half word at a specified Option Byte Data address. + * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() to disable the flash control register access and the option bytes + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * This parameter can be 0x1FFFF804 or 0x1FFFF806. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramOptionByteData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(Address)); + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Enables the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* If the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + /* Return the Option Byte Data Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH User Option Bytes values. + * @param None + * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes . + */ +uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void) +{ + /* Return the User Option Byte */ + return (uint8_t)(FLASH->OBR >> 8); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. + * @param None + * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value + */ +uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void) +{ + /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */ + return (uint32_t)(FLASH->WRPR); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the FLASH Read out Protection Status is set or not. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status(SET or RESET) + */ +FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void) +{ + FlagStatus readstatus = RESET; + + if ((uint8_t)(FLASH->OBR & (FLASH_OBR_RDPRT1 | FLASH_OBR_RDPRT2)) != RESET) + { + readstatus = SET; + } + else + { + readstatus = RESET; + } + return readstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified FLASH interrupts. + * @param FLASH_IT: specifies the FLASH interrupt sources to be enabled or + * disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_IT_EOP: FLASH end of programming Interrupt + * @arg FLASH_IT_ERR: FLASH Error Interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_IT(FLASH_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the interrupt sources */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the interrupt sources */ + FLASH->CR &= ~(uint32_t)FLASH_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified FLASH flag is set or not. + * @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_BSY: FLASH write/erase operations in progress flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGERR: FLASH Programming error flag flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Programming flag + * @retval The new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)); + + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET) */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the FLASH's pending flags. + * @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flags to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGERR: FLASH Programming error flag flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Programming flag + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the flags */ + FLASH->SR = FLASH_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Status. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void) +{ + FLASH_Status FLASHstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BSY) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) + { + FLASHstatus = FLASH_BUSY; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & (uint32_t)FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR)!= (uint32_t)0x00) + { + FLASHstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & (uint32_t)(FLASH_SR_PGERR)) != (uint32_t)0x00) + { + FLASHstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM; + } + else + { + FLASHstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; + } + } + } + /* Return the FLASH Status */ + return FLASHstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Waits for a FLASH operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur. + * @param Timeout: FLASH programming Timeout + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check for the FLASH Status */ + status = FLASH_GetStatus(); + + /* Wait for a FLASH operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur */ + while((status == FLASH_BUSY) && (Timeout != 0x00)) + { + status = FLASH_GetStatus(); + Timeout--; + } + + if(Timeout == 0x00 ) + { + status = FLASH_TIMEOUT; + } + /* Return the operation status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_i2c.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_i2c.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d81b08 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_i2c.c @@ -0,0 +1,1585 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_i2c.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Inter-Integrated circuit (I2C): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Communications handling + * + SMBUS management + * + I2C registers management + * + Data transfers management + * + DMA transfers management + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + ============================================================================ + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================ + [..] + (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2Cx, ENABLE) + function for I2C1 or I2C2. + (#) Enable SDA, SCL and SMBA (when used) GPIO clocks using + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() function. + (#) Peripherals alternate function: + (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. + (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + (++) Select the type, OpenDrain and speed via + GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + (++) Call GPIO_Init() function. + (#) Program the Mode, Timing , Own address, Ack and Acknowledged Address + using the I2C_Init() function. + (#) Optionally you can enable/configure the following parameters without + re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again I2C_Init() function): + (++) Enable the acknowledge feature using I2C_AcknowledgeConfig() function. + (++) Enable the dual addressing mode using I2C_DualAddressCmd() function. + (++) Enable the general call using the I2C_GeneralCallCmd() function. + (++) Enable the clock stretching using I2C_StretchClockCmd() function. + (++) Enable the PEC Calculation using I2C_CalculatePEC() function. + (++) For SMBus Mode: + (+++) Enable the SMBusAlert pin using I2C_SMBusAlertCmd() function. + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + I2C_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + (#) When using the DMA mode + (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function. + (++) Active the needed channel Request using I2C_DMACmd() function. + (#) Enable the I2C using the I2C_Cmd() function. + (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode in the + transfers. + [..] + (@) When using I2C in Fast Mode Plus, SCL and SDA pin 20mA current drive capability + must be enabled by setting the driving capability control bit in SYSCFG. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_i2c.h" +#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C + * @brief I2C driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00CFE0FF) /*<! I2C CR1 clear register Mask */ +#define CR2_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x07FF7FFF) /*<! I2C CR2 clear register Mask */ +#define TIMING_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xF0FFFFFF) /*<! I2C TIMING clear register Mask */ +#define ERROR_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00003F00) /*<! I2C Error interrupt register Mask */ +#define TC_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)0x000000C0) /*<! I2C TC interrupt register Mask */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the I2C Mode, + I2C Timing, I2C filters, I2C Addressing mode, I2C OwnAddress1. + + [..] The I2C_Init() function follows the I2C configuration procedures (these procedures + are available in reference manual). + + [..] When the Software Reset is performed using I2C_SoftwareResetCmd() function, the internal + states machines are reset and communication control bits, as well as status bits come + back to their reset value. + + [..] Before enabling Stop mode using I2C_StopModeCmd() I2C Clock source must be set to + HSI and Digital filters must be disabled. + + [..] Before enabling Own Address 2 via I2C_DualAddressCmd() function, OA2 and mask should be + configured using I2C_OwnAddress2Config() function. + + [..] I2C_SlaveByteControlCmd() enable Slave byte control that allow user to get control of + each byte in slave mode when NBYTES is set to 0x01. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the I2Cx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + if (I2Cx == I2C1) + { + /* Enable I2C1 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, ENABLE); + /* Release I2C1 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, DISABLE); + } + else + { + /* Enable I2C2 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, ENABLE); + /* Release I2C2 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, DISABLE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the I2Cx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the I2C_InitStruct. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_InitStruct: pointer to a I2C_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified I2C peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AnalogFilter)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DigitalFilter)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ACK(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress)); + + /* Disable I2Cx Peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_PE); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx FILTERS Configuration ------------------*/ + /* Get the I2Cx CR1 value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR1; + /* Clear I2Cx CR1 register */ + tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure I2Cx: analog and digital filter */ + /* Set ANFOFF bit according to I2C_AnalogFilter value */ + /* Set DFN bits according to I2C_DigitalFilter value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AnalogFilter |(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DigitalFilter << 8); + + /* Write to I2Cx CR1 */ + I2Cx->CR1 = tmpreg; + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMING Configuration -------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Timing */ + /* Set TIMINGR bits according to I2C_Timing */ + /* Write to I2Cx TIMING */ + I2Cx->TIMINGR = I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Timing & TIMING_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Enable I2Cx Peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE; + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Clear tmpreg local variable */ + tmpreg = 0; + /* Clear OAR1 register */ + I2Cx->OAR1 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + /* Clear OAR2 register */ + I2Cx->OAR2 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + /* Configure I2Cx: Own Address1 and acknowledged address */ + /* Set OA1MODE bit according to I2C_AcknowledgedAddress value */ + /* Set OA1 bits according to I2C_OwnAddress1 value */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress | \ + (uint32_t)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1); + /* Write to I2Cx OAR1 */ + I2Cx->OAR1 = tmpreg; + /* Enable Own Address1 acknowledgement */ + I2Cx->OAR1 |= I2C_OAR1_OA1EN; + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx MODE Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: mode */ + /* Set SMBDEN and SMBHEN bits according to I2C_Mode value */ + tmpreg = I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode; + /* Write to I2Cx CR1 */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= tmpreg; + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx ACK Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Get the I2Cx CR2 value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2; + /* Clear I2Cx CR2 register */ + tmpreg &= CR2_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure I2Cx: acknowledgement */ + /* Set NACK bit according to I2C_Ack value */ + tmpreg |= I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack; + /* Write to I2Cx CR2 */ + I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each I2C_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param I2C_InitStruct: pointer to an I2C_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct) +{ + /*---------------- Reset I2C init structure parameters values --------------*/ + /* Initialize the I2C_Timing member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Timing = 0; + /* Initialize the I2C_AnalogFilter member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AnalogFilter = I2C_AnalogFilter_Enable; + /* Initialize the I2C_DigitalFilter member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DigitalFilter = 0; + /* Initialize the I2C_Mode member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode = I2C_Mode_I2C; + /* Initialize the I2C_OwnAddress1 member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1 = 0; + /* Initialize the I2C_Ack member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack = I2C_Ack_Disable; + /* Initialize the I2C_AcknowledgedAddress member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress = I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_PE); + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C software reset. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Disable peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_PE); + + /* Perform a dummy read to delay the disable of peripheral for minimum + 3 APB clock cycles to perform the software reset functionality */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)(uint32_t)I2Cx; + + /* Enable peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C interrupts. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the I2C interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_ERRI: Error interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_TCI: Transfer Complete interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_STOPI: Stop Detection interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_NACKI: Not Acknowledge received interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_ADDRI: Address Match interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_RXI: RX interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_TXI: TX interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified I2C interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(I2C_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C interrupts */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C interrupts */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_IT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C Clock stretching. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx Clock stretching. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable clock stretching */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH); + } + else + { + /* Disable clock stretching */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C wakeup from stop mode. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx stop mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_StopModeCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable wakeup from stop mode */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_WUPEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C own address 2. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C own address 2. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable own address 2 */ + I2Cx->OAR2 |= I2C_OAR2_OA2EN; + } + else + { + /* Disable own address 2 */ + I2Cx->OAR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_OAR2_OA2EN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the I2C slave own address 2 and mask. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the slave address to be programmed. + * @param Mask: specifies own address 2 mask to be programmed. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_OA2_NoMask: no mask. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask01: OA2[1] is masked and don't care. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask02: OA2[2:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask03: OA2[3:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask04: OA2[4:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask05: OA2[5:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask06: OA2[6:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask07: OA2[7:1] are masked and don't care. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Address, uint8_t Mask) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(Address)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(Mask)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->OAR2; + + /* Reset I2Cx OA2 bit [7:1] and OA2MSK bit [1:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(I2C_OAR2_OA2 | I2C_OAR2_OA2MSK)); + + /* Set I2Cx SADD */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Address & I2C_OAR2_OA2) | \ + (((uint32_t)Mask << 8) & I2C_OAR2_OA2MSK)) ; + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->OAR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C general call mode. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C general call mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable general call mode */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_GCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable general call mode */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_GCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C slave byte control. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C slave byte control. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SlaveByteControlCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable slave byte control */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_SBC; + } + else + { + /* Disable slave byte control */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_SBC); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the slave address to be transmitted after start generation. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the slave address to be programmed. + * @note This function should be called before generating start condition. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SlaveAddressConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Address) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2; + + /* Reset I2Cx SADD bit [9:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_SADD); + + /* Set I2Cx SADD */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)Address & I2C_CR2_SADD); + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C 10-bit addressing mode for the master. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C 10-bit addressing mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This function should be called before generating start condition. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_10BitAddressingModeCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable 10-bit addressing mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_ADD10; + } + else + { + /* Disable 10-bit addressing mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_ADD10); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group2 Communications handling functions + * @brief Communications handling functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Communications handling functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions that handles I2C communication. + + [..] Automatic End mode is enabled using I2C_AutoEndCmd() function. When Reload + mode is enabled via I2C_ReloadCmd() AutoEnd bit has no effect. + + [..] I2C_NumberOfBytesConfig() function set the number of bytes to be transferred, + this configuration should be done before generating start condition in master + mode. + + [..] When switching from master write operation to read operation in 10Bit addressing + mode, master can only sends the 1st 7 bits of the 10 bit address, followed by + Read direction by enabling HEADR bit using I2C_10BitAddressHeader() function. + + [..] In master mode, when transferring more than 255 bytes Reload mode should be used + to handle communication. In the first phase of transfer, Nbytes should be set to + 255. After transferring these bytes TCR flag is set and I2C_TransferHandling() + function should be called to handle remaining communication. + + [..] In master mode, when software end mode is selected when all data is transferred + TC flag is set I2C_TransferHandling() function should be called to generate STOP + or generate ReStart. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C automatic end mode (stop condition is + * automatically sent when nbytes data are transferred). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C automatic end mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This function has effect if Reload mode is disabled. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_AutoEndCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Auto end mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_AUTOEND; + } + else + { + /* Disable Auto end mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_AUTOEND); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C nbytes reload mode. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the nbytes reload mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ReloadCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Auto Reload mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_RELOAD; + } + else + { + /* Disable Auto Reload mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_RELOAD); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the number of bytes to be transmitted/received. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Number_Bytes: specifies the number of bytes to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_NumberOfBytesConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Number_Bytes) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2; + + /* Reset I2Cx Nbytes bit [7:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_NBYTES); + + /* Set I2Cx Nbytes */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Number_Bytes << 16 ) & I2C_CR2_NBYTES); + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the type of transfer request for the master. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_Direction: specifies the transfer request direction to be programmed. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_Direction_Transmitter: Master request a write transfer + * @arg I2C_Direction_Receiver: Master request a read transfer + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_MasterRequestConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_Direction) +{ +/* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DIRECTION(I2C_Direction)); + + /* Test on the direction to set/reset the read/write bit */ + if (I2C_Direction == I2C_Direction_Transmitter) + { + /* Request a write Transfer */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_RD_WRN); + } + else + { + /* Request a read Transfer */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_RD_WRN; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generates I2Cx communication START condition. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Generate a START condition */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_START; + } + else + { + /* Disable the START condition generation */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_START); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generates I2Cx communication STOP condition. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C STOP condition generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Generate a STOP condition */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the STOP condition generation */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_STOP); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C 10-bit header only mode with read direction. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C 10-bit header only mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This mode can be used only when switching from master transmitter mode + * to master receiver mode. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_10BitAddressHeaderCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable 10-bit header only mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_HEAD10R; + } + else + { + /* Disable 10-bit header only mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_HEAD10R); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generates I2C communication Acknowledge. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the Acknowledge. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable ACK generation */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_NACK); + } + else + { + /* Enable NACK generation */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the I2C slave matched address . + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the slave matched address . + */ +uint8_t I2C_GetAddressMatched(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Return the slave matched address in the SR1 register */ + return (uint8_t)(((uint32_t)I2Cx->ISR & I2C_ISR_ADDCODE) >> 16) ; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the I2C slave received request. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the received request. + */ +uint16_t I2C_GetTransferDirection(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + uint16_t direction = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Return the slave matched address in the SR1 register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(I2Cx->ISR & I2C_ISR_DIR); + + /* If write transfer is requested */ + if (tmpreg == 0) + { + /* write transfer is requested */ + direction = I2C_Direction_Transmitter; + } + else + { + /* Read transfer is requested */ + direction = I2C_Direction_Receiver; + } + return direction; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles I2Cx communication when starting transfer or during transfer (TC or TCR flag are set). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the slave address to be programmed. + * @param Number_Bytes: specifies the number of bytes to be programmed. + * This parameter must be a value between 0 and 255. + * @param ReloadEndMode: new state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_Reload_Mode: Enable Reload mode . + * @arg I2C_AutoEnd_Mode: Enable Automatic end mode. + * @arg I2C_SoftEnd_Mode: Enable Software end mode. + * @param StartStopMode: new state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_No_StartStop: Don't Generate stop and start condition. + * @arg I2C_Generate_Stop: Generate stop condition (Number_Bytes should be set to 0). + * @arg I2C_Generate_Start_Read: Generate Restart for read request. + * @arg I2C_Generate_Start_Write: Generate Restart for write request. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_TransferHandling(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Address, uint8_t Number_Bytes, uint32_t ReloadEndMode, uint32_t StartStopMode) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS(Address)); + assert_param(IS_RELOAD_END_MODE(ReloadEndMode)); + assert_param(IS_START_STOP_MODE(StartStopMode)); + + /* Get the CR2 register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2; + + /* clear tmpreg specific bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(I2C_CR2_SADD | I2C_CR2_NBYTES | I2C_CR2_RELOAD | I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | I2C_CR2_RD_WRN | I2C_CR2_START | I2C_CR2_STOP)); + + /* update tmpreg */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Address & I2C_CR2_SADD) | (((uint32_t)Number_Bytes << 16 ) & I2C_CR2_NBYTES) | \ + (uint32_t)ReloadEndMode | (uint32_t)StartStopMode); + + /* update CR2 register */ + I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group3 SMBUS management functions + * @brief SMBUS management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### SMBUS management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions that handles SMBus communication + and timeouts detection. + + [..] The SMBus Device default address (0b1100 001) is enabled by calling I2C_Init() + function and setting I2C_Mode member of I2C_InitTypeDef() structure to + I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice. + + [..] The SMBus Host address (0b0001 000) is enabled by calling I2C_Init() + function and setting I2C_Mode member of I2C_InitTypeDef() structure to + I2C_Mode_SMBusHost. + + [..] The Alert Response Address (0b0001 100) is enabled using I2C_SMBusAlertCmd() + function. + + [..] To detect cumulative SCL stretch in master and slave mode, TIMEOUTB should be + configured (in accordance to SMBus specification) using I2C_TimeoutBConfig() + function then I2C_ExtendedClockTimeoutCmd() function should be called to enable + the detection. + + [..] SCL low timeout is detected by configuring TIMEOUTB using I2C_TimeoutBConfig() + function followed by the call of I2C_ClockTimeoutCmd(). When adding to this + procedure the call of I2C_IdleClockTimeoutCmd() function, Bus Idle condition + (both SCL and SDA high) is detected also. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C SMBus alert. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx SMBus alert. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SMBusAlertCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable SMBus alert */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ALERTEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable SMBus alert */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_ALERTEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C Clock Timeout (SCL Timeout detection). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx clock Timeout. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ClockTimeoutCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Clock Timeout */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR |= I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMOUTEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable Clock Timeout */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMOUTEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C Extended Clock Timeout (SCL cumulative Timeout detection). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx Extended clock Timeout. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ExtendedClockTimeoutCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Clock Timeout */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR |= I2C_TIMEOUTR_TEXTEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable Clock Timeout */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_TIMEOUTR_TEXTEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C Idle Clock Timeout (Bus idle SCL and SDA + * high detection). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx Idle clock Timeout. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_IdleClockTimeoutCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Clock Timeout */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR |= I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIDLE; + } + else + { + /* Disable Clock Timeout */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIDLE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the I2C Bus Timeout A (SCL Timeout when TIDLE = 0 or Bus + * idle SCL and SDA high when TIDLE = 1). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Timeout: specifies the TimeoutA to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_TimeoutAConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_TIMEOUT(Timeout)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->TIMEOUTR; + + /* Reset I2Cx TIMEOUTA bit [11:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTA); + + /* Set I2Cx TIMEOUTA */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)Timeout & I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTA) ; + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the I2C Bus Timeout B (SCL cumulative Timeout). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Timeout: specifies the TimeoutB to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_TimeoutBConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_TIMEOUT(Timeout)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->TIMEOUTR; + + /* Reset I2Cx TIMEOUTB bit [11:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTB); + + /* Set I2Cx TIMEOUTB */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Timeout << 16) & I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTB) ; + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C PEC calculation. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx PEC calculation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable PEC calculation */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PECEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable PEC calculation */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_PECEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C PEC transmission/reception request. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx PEC request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_PECRequestCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable PEC transmission/reception request */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR2_PECBYTE; + } + else + { + /* Disable PEC transmission/reception request */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_PECBYTE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the I2C PEC. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the PEC . + */ +uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Return the slave matched address in the SR1 register */ + return (uint8_t)((uint32_t)I2Cx->PECR & I2C_PECR_PEC); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group4 I2C registers management functions + * @brief I2C registers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### I2C registers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a functions that allow user the management of + I2C registers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + /** + * @brief Reads the specified I2C register and returns its value. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_Register: specifies the register to read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_Register_CR1: CR1 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_CR2: CR2 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_OAR1: OAR1 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_OAR2: OAR2 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_TIMINGR: TIMING register. + * @arg I2C_Register_TIMEOUTR: TIMEOUTR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_ISR: ISR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_ICR: ICR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_PECR: PECR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_RXDR: RXDR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_TXDR: TXDR register. + * @retval The value of the read register. + */ +uint32_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_REGISTER(I2C_Register)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)I2Cx; + tmp += I2C_Register; + + /* Return the selected register value */ + return (*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group5 Data transfers management functions + * @brief Data transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage + the I2C data transfers. + + [..] The read access of the I2C_RXDR register can be done using + the I2C_ReceiveData() function and returns the received value. + Whereas a write access to the I2C_TXDR can be done using I2C_SendData() + function and stores the written data into TXDR. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sends a data byte through the I2Cx peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Data: Byte to be transmitted.. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */ + I2Cx->TXDR = (uint8_t)Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the I2Cx peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Return the data in the DR register */ + return (uint8_t)I2Cx->RXDR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group6 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides two functions that can be used only in DMA mode. + [..] In DMA Mode, the I2C communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel + requests: + (#) I2C_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request. + (#) I2C_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request. + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: + (+) I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C DMA interface. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_DMAReq: specifies the I2C DMA transfer request to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_DMAReq_Tx: Tx DMA transfer request + * @arg I2C_DMAReq_Rx: Rx DMA transfer request + * @param NewState: new state of the selected I2C DMA transfer request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DMA_REQ(I2C_DMAReq)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C DMA requests */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_DMAReq; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C DMA requests */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~I2C_DMAReq; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group7 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the I2C Interrupts + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode(refer I2C_Group6) . + + *** Polling Mode *** + ==================== + [..] In Polling Mode, the I2C communication can be managed by 15 flags: + (#) I2C_FLAG_TXE: to indicate the status of Transmit data register empty flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_TXIS: to indicate the status of Transmit interrupt status flag . + (#) I2C_FLAG_RXNE: to indicate the status of Receive data register not empty flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_ADDR: to indicate the status of Address matched flag (slave mode). + (#) I2C_FLAG_NACKF: to indicate the status of NACK received flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_STOPF: to indicate the status of STOP detection flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_TC: to indicate the status of Transfer complete flag(master mode). + (#) I2C_FLAG_TCR: to indicate the status of Transfer complete reload flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_BERR: to indicate the status of Bus error flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_ARLO: to indicate the status of Arbitration lost flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_OVR: to indicate the status of Overrun/Underrun flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_PECERR: to indicate the status of PEC error in reception flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: to indicate the status of Timeout or Tlow detection flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_ALERT: to indicate the status of SMBus Alert flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_BUSY: to indicate the status of Bus busy flag. + + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG); + (+) void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG); + + [..] + (@)Do not use the BUSY flag to handle each data transmission or reception.It is + better to use the TXIS and RXNE flags instead. + + *** Interrupt Mode *** + ====================== + [..] In Interrupt Mode, the I2C communication can be managed by 7 interrupt sources + and 15 pending bits: + [..] Interrupt Source: + (#) I2C_IT_ERRI: specifies the interrupt source for the Error interrupt. + (#) I2C_IT_TCI: specifies the interrupt source for the Transfer Complete interrupt. + (#) I2C_IT_STOPI: specifies the interrupt source for the Stop Detection interrupt. + (#) I2C_IT_NACKI: specifies the interrupt source for the Not Acknowledge received interrupt. + (#) I2C_IT_ADDRI: specifies the interrupt source for the Address Match interrupt. + (#) I2C_IT_RXI: specifies the interrupt source for the RX interrupt. + (#) I2C_IT_TXI: specifies the interrupt source for the TX interrupt. + + [..] Pending Bits: + (#) I2C_IT_TXIS: to indicate the status of Transmit interrupt status flag. + (#) I2C_IT_RXNE: to indicate the status of Receive data register not empty flag. + (#) I2C_IT_ADDR: to indicate the status of Address matched flag (slave mode). + (#) I2C_IT_NACKF: to indicate the status of NACK received flag. + (#) I2C_IT_STOPF: to indicate the status of STOP detection flag. + (#) I2C_IT_TC: to indicate the status of Transfer complete flag (master mode). + (#) I2C_IT_TCR: to indicate the status of Transfer complete reload flag. + (#) I2C_IT_BERR: to indicate the status of Bus error flag. + (#) I2C_IT_ARLO: to indicate the status of Arbitration lost flag. + (#) I2C_IT_OVR: to indicate the status of Overrun/Underrun flag. + (#) I2C_IT_PECERR: to indicate the status of PEC error in reception flag. + (#) I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: to indicate the status of Timeout or Tlow detection flag. + (#) I2C_IT_ALERT: to indicate the status of SMBus Alert flag. + + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT); + (+) ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TXIS: Transmit interrupt status + * @arg I2C_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_NACKF: NACK received flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_STOPF: STOP detection flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TC: Transfer complete (master mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TCR: Transfer complete reload + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost + * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun + * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ALERT: SMBus Alert + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy + * @retval The new state of I2C_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(I2C_FLAG)); + + /* Get the ISR register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->ISR; + + /* Get flag status */ + tmpreg &= I2C_FLAG; + + if(tmpreg != 0) + { + /* I2C_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* I2C_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the I2Cx's pending flags. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_NACKF: NACK received flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_STOPF: STOP detection flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost + * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun + * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ALERT: SMBus Alert + * @retval The new state of I2C_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(I2C_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected flag */ + I2Cx->ICR = I2C_FLAG; + } + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_TXIS: Transmit interrupt status + * @arg I2C_IT_RXNE: Receive data register not empty + * @arg I2C_IT_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_NACKF: NACK received flag + * @arg I2C_IT_STOPF: STOP detection flag + * @arg I2C_IT_TC: Transfer complete (master mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_TCR: Transfer complete reload + * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error + * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost + * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun + * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception + * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag + * @arg I2C_IT_ALERT: SMBus Alert + * @retval The new state of I2C_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_IT(I2C_IT)); + + /* Check if the interrupt source is enabled or not */ + /* If Error interrupt */ + if((uint32_t)(I2C_IT & ERROR_IT_MASK)) + { + enablestatus = (uint32_t)((I2C_CR1_ERRIE) & (I2Cx->CR1)); + } + /* If TC interrupt */ + else if((uint32_t)(I2C_IT & TC_IT_MASK)) + { + enablestatus = (uint32_t)((I2C_CR1_TCIE) & (I2Cx->CR1)); + } + else + { + enablestatus = (uint32_t)((I2C_IT) & (I2Cx->CR1)); + } + + /* Get the ISR register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->ISR; + + /* Get flag status */ + tmpreg &= I2C_IT; + + /* Check the status of the specified I2C flag */ + if((tmpreg != RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* I2C_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* I2C_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the I2C_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the I2Cx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_NACKF: NACK received flag + * @arg I2C_IT_STOPF: STOP detection flag + * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error + * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost + * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun + * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception + * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag + * @arg I2C_IT_ALERT: SMBus Alert + * @retval The new state of I2C_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(I2C_IT)); + + /* Clear the selected flag */ + I2Cx->ICR = I2C_IT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_opamp.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_opamp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..10d6c15 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_opamp.c @@ -0,0 +1,575 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_opamp.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the operational amplifiers (OPAMP1,...OPAMP4) peripheral: + * + OPAMP Configuration + * + OPAMP calibration + * + @verbatim + + ============================================================================== + ##### OPAMP Peripheral Features ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] + The device integrates 4 operational amplifiers OPAMP1, OPAMP2, OPAMP3 and OPAMP4: + + (+) The OPAMPs non inverting input can be selected among the list shown by + table below. + + (+) The OPAMPs inverting input can be selected among the list shown by + table below. + + (+) The OPAMPs outputs can be internally connected to the inverting input + (follower mode) + (+) The OPAMPs outputs can be internally connected to resistor feedback + output (Programmable Gain Amplifier mode) + + (+) The OPAMPs outputs can be internally connected to ADC + + (+) The OPAMPs can be calibrated to compensate the offset compensation + + (+) Timer-controlled Mux for automatic switch of inverting and + non-inverting input + + OPAMPs inverting/non-inverting inputs: + +--------------------------------------------------------------+ + | | | OPAMP1 | OPAMP2 | OPAMP3 | OPAMP4 | + |-----------------|--------|--------|--------|--------|--------| + | | PGA | OK | OK | OK | OK | + | Inverting Input | Vout | OK | OK | OK | OK | + | | IO1 | PC5 | PC5 | PB10 | PB10 | + | | IO2 | PA3 | PA5 | PB2 | PD8 | + |-----------------|--------|--------|--------|--------|--------| + | | IO1 | PA7 | PD14 | PB13 | PD11 | + | Non Inverting | IO2 | PA5 | PB14 | PA5 | PB11 | + | Input | IO3 | PA3 | PB0 | PA1 | PA4 | + | | IO4 | PA1 | PA7 | PB0 | PB13 | + +--------------------------------------------------------------+ + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver provides functions to configure and program the OPAMP + of all STM32F30x devices. + + To use the OPAMP, perform the following steps: + + (#) Enable the SYSCFG APB clock to get write access to OPAMP + register using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); + + (#) Configure the OPAMP input in analog mode using GPIO_Init() + + (#) Configure the OPAMP using OPAMP_Init() function: + (++) Select the inverting input + (++) Select the non-inverting inverting input + + (#) Enable the OPAMP using OPAMP_Cmd() function + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_opamp.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup OPAMP + * @brief OPAMP driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define OPAMP_CSR_DEFAULT_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF93) +#define OPAMP_CSR_TIMERMUX_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFF8FF) +#define OPAMP_CSR_TRIMMING_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup OPAMP_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup OPAMP_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes OPAMP peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @note Deinitialization can't be performed if the OPAMP configuration is locked. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_DeInit(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection) +{ + /*!< Set OPAMP_CSR register to reset value */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the OPAMP peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in OPAMP_InitStruct + * @note If the selected OPAMP is locked, initialization can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @param OPAMP_InitStruct: pointer to an OPAMP_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified OPAMP peripheral. + * - OPAMP_InvertingInput specifies the inverting input of OPAMP + * - OPAMP_NonInvertingInput specifies the non inverting input of OPAMP + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_Init(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, OPAMP_InitTypeDef* OPAMP_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_INVERTING_INPUT(OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_InvertingInput)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_NONINVERTING_INPUT(OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_NonInvertingInput)); + + /*!< Get the OPAMPx_CSR register value */ + tmpreg = *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection); + + /*!< Clear the inverting and non inverting bits selection bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t) (OPAMP_CSR_DEFAULT_MASK); + + /*!< Configure OPAMP: inverting and non inverting inputs */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_InvertingInput | OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_NonInvertingInput); + + /*!< Write to OPAMPx_CSR register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each OPAMP_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param OPAMP_InitStruct: pointer to an OPAMP_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_StructInit(OPAMP_InitTypeDef* OPAMP_InitStruct) +{ + OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_NonInvertingInput = OPAMP_NonInvertingInput_IO1; + OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_InvertingInput = OPAMP_InvertingInput_IO1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the feedback resistor gain. + * @note If the selected OPAMP is locked, gain configuration can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the OPAMP peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_PGAConfig(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, uint32_t OPAMP_PGAGain, uint32_t OPAMP_PGAConnect) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_PGAGAIN(OPAMP_PGAGain)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_PGACONNECT(OPAMP_PGAConnect)); + + /* Reset the configuration bits */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) &= (uint32_t)(~OPAMP_CSR_PGGAIN); + + /* Set the new configuration */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) (OPAMP_PGAGain | OPAMP_PGAConnect); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the OPAMP's internal reference. + * @note This feature is used when calibration enabled or OPAMP's reference + * connected to the non inverting input. + * @note If the selected OPAMP is locked, Vref configuration can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @param OPAMP_Vref: This parameter can be: + * OPAMP_Vref_3VDDA: OPMAP Vref = 3.3% VDDA + * OPAMP_Vref_10VDDA: OPMAP Vref = 10% VDDA + * OPAMP_Vref_50VDDA: OPMAP Vref = 50% VDDA + * OPAMP_Vref_90VDDA: OPMAP Vref = 90% VDDA + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_VrefConfig(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, uint32_t OPAMP_Vref) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_VREF(OPAMP_Vref)); + + /*!< Get the OPAMPx_CSR register value */ + tmpreg = *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection); + + /*!< Clear the CALSEL bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t) (~OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL); + + /*!< Configure OPAMP reference */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(OPAMP_Vref); + + /*!< Write to OPAMPx_CSR register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Connnect the internal reference to the OPAMP's non inverting input. + * @note If the selected OPAMP is locked, Vref configuration can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the OPAMP peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_VrefConnectNonInvertingInput(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Connnect the internal reference to the OPAMP's non inverting input */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) (OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP); + } + else + { + /* Disconnnect the internal reference to the OPAMP's non inverting input */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) &= (uint32_t)(~OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables connecting the OPAMP's internal reference to ADC. + * @note If the selected OPAMP is locked, Vref connection can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param NewState: new state of the Vrefint output. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_VrefConnectADCCmd(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable output internal reference */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) (OPAMP_CSR_TSTREF); + } + else + { + /* Disable output internal reference */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) &= (uint32_t)(~OPAMP_CSR_TSTREF); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the OPAMP peripheral (secondary inputs) for timer-controlled + * mux mode according to the specified parameters in OPAMP_InitStruct. + * @note If the selected OPAMP is locked, timer-controlled mux configuration + * can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @param OPAMP_InitStruct: pointer to an OPAMP_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified OPAMP peripheral. + * - OPAMP_InvertingInput specifies the inverting input of OPAMP + * - OPAMP_NonInvertingInput specifies the non inverting input of OPAMP + * @note PGA and Vout can't be selected as seconadry inverting input. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_TimerControlledMuxConfig(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, OPAMP_InitTypeDef* OPAMP_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_SECONDARY_INVINPUT(OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_InvertingInput)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_NONINVERTING_INPUT(OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_NonInvertingInput)); + + /*!< Get the OPAMPx_CSR register value */ + tmpreg = *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection); + + /*!< Clear the secondary inverting bit, secondary non inverting bit and TCMEN bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t) (OPAMP_CSR_TIMERMUX_MASK); + + /*!< Configure OPAMP: secondary inverting and non inverting inputs */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_InvertingInput<<3) | (uint32_t)(OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_NonInvertingInput<<7)); + + /*!< Write to OPAMPx_CSR register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable or disable the timer-controlled mux mode. + * @note If the selected OPAMP is locked, enable/disable can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the OPAMP peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_TimerControlledMuxCmd(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the timer-controlled Mux mode */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) (OPAMP_CSR_TCMEN); + } + else + { + /* Disable the timer-controlled Mux mode */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) &= (uint32_t)(~OPAMP_CSR_TCMEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable or disable the OPAMP peripheral. + * @note If the selected OPAMP is locked, enable/disable can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the OPAMP peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_Cmd(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected OPAMPx peripheral */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) (OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected OPAMPx peripheral */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) &= (uint32_t)(~OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Return the output level (high or low) during calibration of the selected OPAMP. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * - OPAMP output is low when the non-inverting input is at a lower + * voltage than the inverting input + * - OPAMP output is high when the non-inverting input is at a higher + * voltage than the inverting input + * @note OPAMP ouput level is provided only during calibration phase. + * @retval Returns the selected OPAMP output level: low or high. + * + */ +uint32_t OPAMP_GetOutputLevel(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection) +{ + uint32_t opampout = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + + /* Check if selected OPAMP output is high */ + if ((*(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) & (OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL)) != 0) + { + opampout = OPAMP_OutputLevel_High; + } + else + { + opampout = OPAMP_OutputLevel_Low; + } + + /* Return the OPAMP output level */ + return (uint32_t)(opampout); +} + +/** + * @brief Select the trimming mode. + * @param OffsetTrimming: the selected offset trimming mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OPAMP_Trimming_Factory: factory trimming values are used for offset + * calibration + * @arg OPAMP_Trimming_User: user trimming values are used for offset + * calibration + * @note When OffsetTrimming_User is selected, use OPAMP_OffsetTrimConfig() + * function or OPAMP_OffsetTrimLowPowerConfig() function to adjust + * trimming value. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_OffsetTrimModeSelect(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, uint32_t OPAMP_Trimming) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_TRIMMING(OPAMP_Trimming)); + + /* Reset USERTRIM bit */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) &= (~(uint32_t) (OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM)); + + /* Select trimming mode */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) |= OPAMP_Trimming; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the trimming value of the OPAMP. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @param OPAMP_Input: the selected OPAMP input. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OPAMP_Input_Inverting: Inverting input is selected to configure the trimming value + * @arg OPAMP_Input_NonInverting: Non inverting input is selected to configure the trimming value + * @param OPAMP_TrimValue: the trimming value. This parameter can be any value lower + * or equal to 0x0000001F. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_OffsetTrimConfig(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, uint32_t OPAMP_Input, uint32_t OPAMP_TrimValue) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_INPUT(OPAMP_Input)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_TRIMMINGVALUE(OPAMP_TrimValue)); + + /*!< Get the OPAMPx_CSR register value */ + tmpreg = *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection); + + /*!< Clear the trimming bits */ + tmpreg &= ((uint32_t)~(OPAMP_CSR_TRIMMING_MASK<<OPAMP_Input)); + + /*!< Configure the new trimming value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(OPAMP_TrimValue<<OPAMP_Input); + + /*!< Write to OPAMPx_CSR register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Start or stop the calibration of selected OPAMP peripheral. + * @note If the selected OPAMP is locked, start/stop can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the OPAMP peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_StartCalibration(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Start the OPAMPx calibration */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) (OPAMP_CSR_CALON); + } + else + { + /* Stop the OPAMPx calibration */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) &= (uint32_t)(~OPAMP_CSR_CALON); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup OPAMP_Group2 OPAMP configuration locking function + * @brief OPAMP1,...OPAMP4 configuration locking function + * OPAMP1,...OPAMP4 configuration can be locked each separately. + * Unlocking is performed by system reset. + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Configuration Lock function ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Lock the selected OPAMP configuration. + * @note Locking the configuration means that all control bits are read-only. + * To unlock the OPAMP configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_LockConfig(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + + /* Set the lock bit corresponding to selected OPAMP */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) (OPAMP_CSR_LOCK); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_rtc.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_rtc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ab2dcc --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_rtc.c @@ -0,0 +1,2598 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_rtc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Real-Time Clock (RTC) peripheral: + * + Initialization + * + Calendar (Time and Date) configuration + * + Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration + * + WakeUp Timer configuration + * + Daylight Saving configuration + * + Output pin Configuration + * + Smooth digital Calibration configuration + * + TimeStamp configuration + * + Tampers configuration + * + Backup Data Registers configuration + * + Output Type Config configuration + * + Shift control synchronisation + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### RTC Operating Condition ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] The real-time clock (RTC) and the RTC backup registers can be powered + from the VBAT voltage when the main VDD supply is powered off. + To retain the content of the RTC backup registers and supply the RTC + when VDD is turned off, VBAT pin can be connected to an optional + standby voltage supplied by a battery or by another source. + + [..] To allow the RTC to operate even when the main digital supply (VDD) + is turned off, the VBAT pin powers the following blocks: + (#) The RTC + (#) The LSE oscillator + (#) PC13 to PC15 I/Os (when available) + + [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected + to VDD), the following functions are available: + (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as either GPIO or LSE pins + (#) PC13 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF pin + + [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VBAT (analog switch connected + to VBAT because VDD is not present), the following functions are available: + (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as LSE pins only + (#) PC13 can be used as the RTC_AF pin + + ##### Backup Domain Reset ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] The backup domain reset sets all RTC registers and the RCC_BDCR + register to their reset values. + A backup domain reset is generated when one of the following events + occurs: + (#) Software reset, triggered by setting the BDRST bit in the + RCC Backup domain control register (RCC_BDCR). You can use the + RCC_BackupResetCmd(). + (#) VDD or VBAT power on, if both supplies have previously been + powered off. + + ##### Backup Domain Access ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers and RTC backup data + registers) is protected against possible unwanted write accesses. + [..] To enable access to the Backup Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: + (#) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the + RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() function. + (#) Enable access to Backup domain using the PWR_BackupAccessCmd() function. + (#) Select the RTC clock source using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig() function. + (#) Enable RTC Clock using the RCC_RTCCLKCmd() function. + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (+) Enable the backup domain access (see description in the section above) + (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and + RTC hour format using the RTC_Init() function. + + *** Time and Date configuration *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) To configure the RTC Calendar (Time and Date) use the RTC_SetTime() + and RTC_SetDate() functions. + (+) To read the RTC Calendar, use the RTC_GetTime() and RTC_GetDate() + functions. + (+) To read the RTC subsecond, use the RTC_GetSubSecond() function. + (+) Use the RTC_DayLightSavingConfig() function to add or sub one + hour to the RTC Calendar. + + *** Alarm configuration *** + =========================== + [..] + (+) To configure the RTC Alarm use the RTC_SetAlarm() function. + (+) Enable the selected RTC Alarm using the RTC_AlarmCmd() function. + (+) To read the RTC Alarm, use the RTC_GetAlarm() function. + (+) To read the RTC alarm SubSecond, use the RTC_GetAlarmSubSecond() function. + + *** RTC Wakeup configuration *** + ================================ + [..] + (+) Configure the RTC Wakeup Clock source use the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig() + function. + (+) Configure the RTC WakeUp Counter using the RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() + function + (+) Enable the RTC WakeUp using the RTC_WakeUpCmd() function + (+) To read the RTC WakeUp Counter register, use the RTC_GetWakeUpCounter() + function. + + *** Outputs configuration *** + ============================= + [..] The RTC has 2 different outputs: + (+) AFO_ALARM: this output is used to manage the RTC Alarm A, Alarm B + and WaKeUp signals. + To output the selected RTC signal on RTC_AF pin, use the + RTC_OutputConfig() function. + (+) AFO_CALIB: this output is 512Hz signal or 1Hz . + To output the RTC Clock on RTC_AF pin, use the RTC_CalibOutputCmd() + function. + + *** Smooth digital Calibration configuration *** + ================================================ + [..] + (+) Configure the RTC Original Digital Calibration Value and the corresponding + calibration cycle period (32s,16s and 8s) using the RTC_SmoothCalibConfig() + function. + + *** TimeStamp configuration *** + =============================== + [..] + (+) Configure the RTC_AF trigger and enables the RTC TimeStamp + using the RTC_TimeStampCmd() function. + (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the + RTC_GetTimeStamp() function. + (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp SubSecond register, use the + RTC_GetTimeStampSubSecond() function. + + *** Tamper configuration *** + ============================ + [..] + (+) Configure the Tamper filter count using RTC_TamperFilterConfig() + function. + (+) Configure the RTC Tamper trigger Edge or Level according to the Tamper + filter (if equal to 0 Edge else Level) value using the RTC_TamperConfig() function. + (+) Configure the Tamper sampling frequency using RTC_TamperSamplingFreqConfig() + function. + (+) Configure the Tamper precharge or discharge duration using + RTC_TamperPinsPrechargeDuration() function. + (+) Enable the Tamper Pull-UP using RTC_TamperPullUpDisableCmd() function. + (+) Enable the RTC Tamper using the RTC_TamperCmd() function. + (+) Enable the Time stamp on Tamper detection event using + RTC_TSOnTamperDetecCmd() function. + + *** Backup Data Registers configuration *** + =========================================== + [..] + (+) To write to the RTC Backup Data registers, use the RTC_WriteBackupRegister() + function. + (+) To read the RTC Backup Data registers, use the RTC_ReadBackupRegister() + function. + + ##### RTC and low power modes ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] The MCU can be woken up from a low power mode by an RTC alternate + function. + [..] The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B), + RTC wakeup, RTC tamper event detection and RTC time stamp event detection. + These RTC alternate functions can wake up the system from the Stop + and Standby lowpower modes. + The system can also wake up from low power modes without depending + on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode), by using the RTC alarm + or the RTC wakeup events. + [..] The RTC provides a programmable time base for waking up from the + Stop or Standby mode at regular intervals. + Wakeup from STOP and Standby modes is possible only when the RTC + clock source is LSE or LSI. + + ##### Selection of RTC_AF alternate functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] The RTC_AF pin (PC13) can be used for the following purposes: + (+) Wakeup pin 2 (WKUP2) using the PWR_WakeUpPinCmd() function. + (+) AFO_ALARM output + (+) AFO_CALIB output + (+) AFI_TAMPER + (+) AFI_TIMESTAMP + + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Pin |RTC ALARM |RTC CALIB |RTC TAMPER |RTC TIMESTAMP |PC13MODE| PC13VALUE | + | configuration | OUTPUT | OUTPUT | INPUT | INPUT | bit | bit | + | and function | ENABLED | ENABLED | ENABLED | ENABLED | | | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | Alarm out | | | | | Don't | | + | output OD | 1 |Don't care|Don't care | Don't care | care | 0 | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | Alarm out | | | | | Don't | | + | output PP | 1 |Don't care|Don't care | Don't care | care | 1 | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | Calibration out | | | | | Don't | | + | output PP | 0 | 1 |Don't care | Don't care | care | Don't care | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | TAMPER input | | | | | Don't | | + | floating | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | care | Don't care | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | TIMESTAMP and | | | | | Don't | | + | TAMPER input | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | care | Don't care | + | floating | | | | | | | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | TIMESTAMP input | | | | | Don't | | + | floating | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | care | Don't care | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | Output PP | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | PC13 output | + | Forced | | | | | | | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | Wakeup Pin or | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | Don't care | + | Standard GPIO | | | | | | | + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_rtc.h" +#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC + * @brief RTC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Masks Definition */ +#define RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x007F7F7F) +#define RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00FFFF3F) +#define RTC_INIT_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) +#define RTC_RSF_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF5F) +#define RTC_FLAGS_MASK ((uint32_t)(RTC_FLAG_TSOVF | RTC_FLAG_TSF | RTC_FLAG_WUTF | \ + RTC_FLAG_ALRBF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAF | RTC_FLAG_INITF | \ + RTC_FLAG_RSF | RTC_FLAG_INITS | RTC_FLAG_WUTWF | \ + RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF | RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F | \ + RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F | RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F | RTC_FLAG_RECALPF | \ + RTC_FLAG_SHPF)) + +#define INITMODE_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00002000) +#define SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00008000) +#define RECALPF_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00001000) +#define SHPF_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00002000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value); +static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value); + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provide functions allowing to initialize and configure the RTC + Prescaler (Synchronous and Asynchronous), RTC Hour format, disable RTC registers + Write protection, enter and exit the RTC initialization mode, RTC registers + synchronization check and reference clock detection enable. + (#) The RTC Prescaler is programmed to generate the RTC 1Hz time base. It is + split into 2 programmable prescalers to minimize power consumption. + (++) A 7-bit asynchronous prescaler and A 13-bit synchronous prescaler. + (++) When both prescalers are used, it is recommended to configure the + asynchronous prescaler to a high value to minimize consumption. + (#) All RTC registers are Write protected. Writing to the RTC registers + is enabled by writing a key into the Write Protection register, RTC_WPR. + (#) To Configure the RTC Calendar, user application should enter initialization + mode. In this mode, the calendar counter is stopped and its value + can be updated. When the initialization sequence is complete, the + calendar restarts counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles. + (#) To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar + initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes + the software must first clear the RSF flag. The software must then + wait until it is set again before reading the calendar, which means + that the calendar registers have been correctly copied into the RTC_TR + and RTC_DR shadow registers. The RTC_WaitForSynchro() function + implements the above software sequence (RSF clear and RSF check). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the RTC registers to their default reset values. + * @note This function doesn't reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data + * registers. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are deinitialized + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not deinitialized + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_DeInit(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t wutcounter = 0x00; + uint32_t wutwfstatus = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */ + RTC->TR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->DR = (uint32_t)0x00002101; + + /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000007; + + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + wutwfstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF; + wutcounter++; + } while((wutcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (wutwfstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Reset all RTC CR register bits */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->WUTR = (uint32_t)0x0000FFFF; + RTC->PRER = (uint32_t)0x007F00FF; + RTC->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->CALR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->ALRMASSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->ALRMBSSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + + /* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + + /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */ + RTC->TAFCR = 0x00000000; + + /* Wait till the RTC RSF flag is set */ + if (RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters + * in RTC_InitStruct. + * @param RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the RTC peripheral. + * @note The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in + * initialization mode only. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_Init(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Clear RTC CR FMT Bit */ + RTC->CR &= ((uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_FMT)); + /* Set RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= ((uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat)); + + /* Configure the RTC PRER */ + RTC->PRER = (uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv); + RTC->PRER |= (uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv << 16); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be + * initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_StructInit(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Initialize the RTC_HourFormat member */ + RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat = RTC_HourFormat_24; + + /* Initialize the RTC_AsynchPrediv member */ + RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv = (uint32_t)0x7F; + + /* Initialize the RTC_SynchPrediv member */ + RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv = (uint32_t)0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC registers write protection. + * @note All the RTC registers are write protected except for RTC_ISR[13:8], + * RTC_TAFCR and RTC_BKPxR. + * @note Writing a wrong key reactivates the write protection. + * @note The protection mechanism is not affected by system reset. + * @param NewState: new state of the write protection. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + } + else + { + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode. + * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the + * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode + * - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_EnterInitMode(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t initcounter = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t initstatus = 0x00; + + /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Set the Initialization mode */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK; + + /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + initstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF; + initcounter++; + } while((initcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (initstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) != RESET) + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Exits the RTC Initialization mode. + * @note When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts + * counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles. + * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the + * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ExitInitMode(void) +{ + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; +} + +/** + * @brief Waits until the RTC Time and Date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are + * synchronized with RTC APB clock. + * @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the + * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. + * @note To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar + * initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes + * the software must first clear the RSF flag. + * The software must then wait until it is set again before reading + * the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been + * correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_WaitForSynchro(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t synchrocounter = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t synchrostatus = 0x00; + + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) != RESET) + { + /* Bypass shadow mode */ + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear RSF flag */ + RTC->ISR &= (uint32_t)RTC_RSF_MASK; + + /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */ + do + { + synchrostatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF; + synchrocounter++; + } while((synchrocounter != SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT) && (synchrostatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF) != RESET) + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + } + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC reference clock detection. + * @param NewState: new state of the RTC reference clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC reference clock detection is enabled + * - ERROR: RTC reference clock detection is disabled + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_RefClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the RTC reference clock detection */ + RTC->CR |= RTC_CR_REFCKON; + } + else + { + /* Disable the RTC reference clock detection */ + RTC->CR &= ~RTC_CR_REFCKON; + } + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the Bypass Shadow feature. + * @note When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken + * directly from the Calendar counter. + * @param NewState: new state of the Bypass Shadow feature. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None +*/ +void RTC_BypassShadowCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the BYPSHAD bit */ + RTC->CR |= (uint8_t)RTC_CR_BYPSHAD; + } + else + { + /* Reset the BYPSHAD bit */ + RTC->CR &= (uint8_t)~RTC_CR_BYPSHAD; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group2 Time and Date configuration functions + * @brief Time and Date configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Time and Date configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC Calendar + (Time and Date). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set the RTC current time. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains + * the time configuration information for the RTC. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured + * - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_SetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds)); + } + else + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours))); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds))); + } + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12) << 16)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds)) | \ + (((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12) << 16)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set the RTC_TR register */ + RTC->TR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) + { + if (RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_TimeStruct member with its default value + * (Time = 00h:00min:00sec). + * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be + * initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TimeStructInit(RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + /* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */ + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = RTC_H12_AM; + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = 0; + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = 0; + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC current Time. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that will + * contain the returned current time configuration. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + /* Get the RTC_TR register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->TR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >>8); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + /* Convert the structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the RTC current Calendar Subseconds value. + * @note This function freeze the Time and Date registers after reading the + * SSR register. + * @param None + * @retval RTC current Calendar Subseconds value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetSubSecond(void) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Get subseconds values from the correspondent registers*/ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->SSR); + + /* Read DR register to unfroze calendar registers */ + (void) (RTC->DR); + + return (tmpreg); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the RTC current date. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that contains + * the date configuration information for the RTC. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Date register is configured + * - ERROR: RTC Date register is not configured + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_SetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + if ((RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) && ((RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month & 0x10) == 0x10)) + { + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month & (uint32_t)~(0x10)) + 0x0A; + } + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year))); + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(tmpreg)); + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(tmpreg)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay)); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) + { + tmpreg = ((((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year) << 16) | \ + (((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date) | \ + (((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay) << 13)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date)) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay << 13)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set the RTC_DR register */ + RTC->DR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) + { + if (RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_DateStruct member with its default value + * (Monday, January 01 xx00). + * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure which will be + * initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_DateStructInit(RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) +{ + /* Monday, January 01 xx00 */ + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = RTC_Weekday_Monday; + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = 1; + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = RTC_Month_January; + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC current date. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that will + * contain the returned current date configuration. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + /* Get the RTC_TR register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->DR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_YT | RTC_DR_YU)) >> 16); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + /* Convert the structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group3 Alarms configuration functions + * @brief Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to program and read the RTC Alarms. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set the specified RTC Alarm. + * @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm + * is disabled (Use the RTC_AlarmCmd(DISABLE)). + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that + * contains the alarm configuration parameters. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_ALARM_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel)); + + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds)); + + if(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + } + else + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours))); + } + + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds))); + + if(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(tmpreg)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(tmpreg)); + } + } + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds)) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Alarm register */ + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + RTC->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + } + else + { + RTC->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_AlarmStruct member with its default value + * (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec / Date = 1st day of the month/Mask = + * all fields are masked). + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a @ref RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which + * will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_AlarmStructInit(RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + /* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = RTC_H12_AM; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = 0; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = 0; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = 0; + + /* Alarm Date Settings : Date = 1st day of the month */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel = RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = 1; + + /* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask = all fields are not masked */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask = RTC_AlarmMask_None; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC Alarm value and masks. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the output parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that will + * contains the output alarm configuration values. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + + /* Get the RTC_ALRMxR register */ + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ALRMAR); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ALRMBR); + } + + /* Fill the structure with the read parameters */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_HT | \ + RTC_ALRMAR_HU)) >> 16); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_MNT | \ + RTC_ALRMAR_MNU)) >> 8); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_ST | \ + RTC_ALRMAR_SU)); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_PM) >> 16); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_DT | RTC_ALRMAR_DU)) >> 24); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_WDSEL); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_AlarmMask_All); + + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ + RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ + RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ + RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC Alarm. + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param NewState: new state of the specified alarm. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Alarm is enabled/disabled + * - ERROR: RTC Alarm is not enabled/disabled + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_AlarmCmd(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + __IO uint32_t alarmcounter = 0x00; + uint32_t alarmstatus = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CMD_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Alarm state */ + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_Alarm; + + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Alarm in RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_Alarm; + + /* Wait till RTC ALRxWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + alarmstatus = RTC->ISR & (RTC_Alarm >> 8); + alarmcounter++; + } while((alarmcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (alarmstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & (RTC_Alarm >> 8)) == RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC AlarmA/B Subseconds value and mask. + * @note This function is performed only when the Alarm is disabled. + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue: specifies the Subseconds value. + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 0x00007FFF. + * @param RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask: specifies the Subseconds Mask. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_All : All Alarm SS fields are masked. + * There is no comparison on sub seconds for Alarm. + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_1 : SS[14:1] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[0] is compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_2 : SS[14:2] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[1:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_3 : SS[14:3] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[2:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_4 : SS[14:4] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[3:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_5 : SS[14:5] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[4:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_6 : SS[14:6] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[5:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_7 : SS[14:7] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[6:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_8 : SS[14:8] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[7:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_9 : SS[14:9] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[8:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_10: SS[14:10] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[9:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_11: SS[14:11] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[10:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_12: SS[14:12] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[11:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_13: SS[14:13] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[12:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14 : SS[14] is don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[13:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_None : SS[14:0] are compared and must match + * to activate alarm + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_AlarmSubSecondConfig(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Alarm A or Alarm B SubSecond registers */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t) (uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue) | (uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask); + + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + /* Configure the AlarmA SubSecond register */ + RTC->ALRMASSR = tmpreg; + } + else + { + /* Configure the Alarm B SubSecond register */ + RTC->ALRMBSSR = tmpreg; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the RTC Alarm Subseconds value. + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param None + * @retval RTC Alarm Subseconds value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetAlarmSubSecond(uint32_t RTC_Alarm) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Get the RTC_ALRMxR register */ + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ALRMASSR) & RTC_ALRMASSR_SS); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ALRMBSSR) & RTC_ALRMBSSR_SS); + } + + return (tmpreg); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group4 WakeUp Timer configuration functions + * @brief WakeUp Timer configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### WakeUp Timer configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC WakeUp. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC Wakeup clock source. + * @note The WakeUp Clock source can only be changed when the RTC WakeUp + * is disabled (Use the RTC_WakeUpCmd(DISABLE)). + * @param RTC_WakeUpClock: Wakeup Clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/16 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/8 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/4 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/2 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = CK_SPRE + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = CK_SPRE + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpClock) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(RTC_WakeUpClock)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear the Wakeup Timer clock source bits in CR register */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL; + + /* Configure the clock source */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_WakeUpClock; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC Wakeup counter. + * @note The RTC WakeUp counter can only be written when the RTC WakeUp + * is disabled (Use the RTC_WakeUpCmd(DISABLE)). + * @param RTC_WakeUpCounter: specifies the WakeUp counter. + * This parameter can be a value from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_SetWakeUpCounter(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpCounter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(RTC_WakeUpCounter)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Wakeup Timer counter */ + RTC->WUTR = (uint32_t)RTC_WakeUpCounter; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the RTC WakeUp timer counter value. + * @param None + * @retval The RTC WakeUp Counter value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetWakeUpCounter(void) +{ + /* Get the counter value */ + return ((uint32_t)(RTC->WUTR & RTC_WUTR_WUT)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the RTC WakeUp timer. + * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp timer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_WakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + __IO uint32_t wutcounter = 0x00; + uint32_t wutwfstatus = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Wakeup Timer */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_WUTE; + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Wakeup Timer */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUTE; + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + wutwfstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF; + wutcounter++; + } while((wutcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (wutwfstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group5 Daylight Saving configuration functions + * @brief Daylight Saving configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Daylight Saving configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the RTC DayLight Saving. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Adds or substract one hour from the current time. + * @param RTC_DayLightSaveOperation: the value of hour adjustment. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H: Substract one hour (winter time) + * @arg RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H: Add one hour (summer time) + * @param RTC_StoreOperation: Specifies the value to be written in the BCK bit + * in CR register to store the operation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_StoreOperation_Reset: BCK Bit Reset + * @arg RTC_StoreOperation_Set: BCK Bit Set + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_DayLightSavingConfig(uint32_t RTC_DayLightSaving, uint32_t RTC_StoreOperation) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(RTC_DayLightSaving)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(RTC_StoreOperation)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear the bits to be configured */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_BCK); + + /* Configure the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_DayLightSaving | RTC_StoreOperation); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the RTC Day Light Saving stored operation. + * @param None + * @retval RTC Day Light Saving stored operation. + * - RTC_StoreOperation_Reset + * - RTC_StoreOperation_Set + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetStoreOperation(void) +{ + return (RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BCK); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group6 Output pin Configuration function + * @brief Output pin Configuration function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Output pin Configuration function ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the RTC Output source. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC output source (AFO_ALARM). + * @param RTC_Output: Specifies which signal will be routed to the RTC output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Output_Disable: No output selected + * @arg RTC_Output_AlarmA: signal of AlarmA mapped to output + * @arg RTC_Output_AlarmB: signal of AlarmB mapped to output + * @arg RTC_Output_WakeUp: signal of WakeUp mapped to output + * @param RTC_OutputPolarity: Specifies the polarity of the output signal. + * This parameter can be one of the following: + * @arg RTC_OutputPolarity_High: The output pin is high when the + * ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is high (depending on OSEL) + * @arg RTC_OutputPolarity_Low: The output pin is low when the + * ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is high (depending on OSEL) + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_OutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_Output, uint32_t RTC_OutputPolarity) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT(RTC_Output)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(RTC_OutputPolarity)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear the bits to be configured */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_OSEL | RTC_CR_POL); + + /* Configure the output selection and polarity */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_Output | RTC_OutputPolarity); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group7 Digital Calibration configuration functions + * @brief Digital Calibration configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Digital Calibration configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC clock to be output through the relative + * pin. + * @param NewState: new state of the digital calibration Output. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_CalibOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the RTC clock output */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_COE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the RTC clock output */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_COE; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz). + * @param RTC_CalibOutput : Select the Calibration output Selection . + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_CalibOutput_512Hz: A signal has a regular waveform at 512Hz. + * @arg RTC_CalibOutput_1Hz : A signal has a regular waveform at 1Hz. + * @retval None +*/ +void RTC_CalibOutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibOutput) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(RTC_CalibOutput)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /*clear flags before config*/ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_COSEL); + + /* Configure the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CalibOutput; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Smooth Calibration Settings. + * @param RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod : Select the Smooth Calibration Period. + * This parameter can be can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_32sec : The smooth calibration periode is 32s. + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_16sec : The smooth calibration periode is 16s. + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_8sec : The smooth calibartion periode is 8s. + * @param RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses : Select to Set or reset the CALP bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Set : Add one RTCCLK puls every 2**11 pulses. + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Reset: No RTCCLK pulses are added. + * @param RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue: Select the value of CALM[8:0] bits. + * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x000001FF. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Calib registers are configured + * - ERROR: RTC Calib registers are not configured +*/ +ErrorStatus RTC_SmoothCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod, + uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses, + uint32_t RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t recalpfcount = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD(RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS(RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* check if a calibration is pending*/ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET) + { + /* wait until the Calibration is completed*/ + while (((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET) && (recalpfcount != RECALPF_TIMEOUT)) + { + recalpfcount++; + } + } + + /* check if the calibration pending is completed or if there is no calibration operation at all*/ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) == RESET) + { + /* Configure the Smooth calibration settings */ + RTC->CALR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod | (uint32_t)RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses | (uint32_t)RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return (ErrorStatus)(status); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group8 TimeStamp configuration functions + * @brief TimeStamp configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### TimeStamp configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the RTC TimeStamp functionality with the + * specified time stamp pin stimulating edge. + * @param RTC_TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is + * activated. + * This parameter can be one of the following: + * @arg RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising: the Time stamp event occurs on the rising + * edge of the related pin. + * @arg RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling: the Time stamp event occurs on the + * falling edge of the related pin. + * @param NewState: new state of the TimeStamp. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TimeStampCmd(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampEdge, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(RTC_TimeStampEdge)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE)); + + /* Get the new configuration */ + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampEdge | RTC_CR_TSE); + } + else + { + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampEdge); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */ + RTC->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the RTC TimeStamp value and masks. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the output parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_StampTimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that will + * contains the TimeStamp time values. + * @param RTC_StampDateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that will + * contains the TimeStamp date values. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetTimeStamp(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_StampTimeStruct, + RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_StampDateStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmptime = 0, tmpdate = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + /* Get the TimeStamp time and date registers values */ + tmptime = (uint32_t)(RTC->TSTR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + tmpdate = (uint32_t)(RTC->TSDR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the Time structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >> 8); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmptime & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_H12 = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16); + + /* Fill the Date structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Year = 0; + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)(tmpdate & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + /* Convert the Time structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds); + + /* Convert the Date structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the RTC timestamp Subseconds value. + * @param None + * @retval RTC current timestamp Subseconds value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetTimeStampSubSecond(void) +{ + /* Get timestamp subseconds values from the correspondent registers */ + return (uint32_t)(RTC->TSSSR); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group9 Tampers configuration functions + * @brief Tampers configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Tampers configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the select Tamper pin edge. + * @param RTC_Tamper: Selected tamper pin. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Tamper_1: Select Tamper 1. + * @arg RTC_Tamper_2: Select Tamper 2. + * @arg RTC_Tamper_3: Select Tamper 3. + * @param RTC_TamperTrigger: Specifies the trigger on the tamper pin that + * stimulates tamper event. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge: Rising Edge of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge: Falling Edge of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_LowLevel: Low Level of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_HighLevel: High Level of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperTriggerConfig(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, uint32_t RTC_TamperTrigger) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(RTC_Tamper)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(RTC_TamperTrigger)); + + /* Check if the active level for Tamper is rising edge (Low level)*/ + if (RTC_TamperTrigger == RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge) + { + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RTC_Tamper << 1)); + } + else + { + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_Tamper << 1); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the Tamper detection. + * @param RTC_Tamper: Selected tamper pin. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Tamper_1: Select Tamper 1. + * @arg RTC_Tamper_2: Select Tamper 2. + * @arg RTC_Tamper_3: Select Tamper 3. + * @param NewState: new state of the tamper pin. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperCmd(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(RTC_Tamper)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_Tamper; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_Tamper; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Tampers Filter. + * @param RTC_TamperFilter: Specifies the tampers filter. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_Disable: Tamper filter is disabled. + * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_2Sample: Tamper is activated after 2 consecutive + * samples at the active level + * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_4Sample: Tamper is activated after 4 consecutive + * samples at the active level + * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_8Sample: Tamper is activated after 8 consecutive + * samples at the active level + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperFilterConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(RTC_TamperFilter)); + + /* Clear TAMPFLT[1:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFLT); + + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperFilter; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Tampers Sampling Frequency. + * @param RTC_TamperSamplingFreq: Specifies the tampers Sampling Frequency. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div32768: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 32768 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div16384: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 16384 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div8192: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 8192 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div4096: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 4096 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div2048: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 2048 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div1024: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 1024 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div512: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 512 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div256: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 256 + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperSamplingFreqConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperSamplingFreq) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(RTC_TamperSamplingFreq)); + + /* Clear TAMPFREQ[2:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFREQ); + + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperSamplingFreq; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Tampers Pins input Precharge Duration. + * @param RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration: Specifies the Tampers Pins input + * Precharge Duration. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_1RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 1 RTCCLK cycle + * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_2RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 2 RTCCLK cycle + * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_4RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 4 RTCCLK cycle + * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_8RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 8 RTCCLK cycle + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperPinsPrechargeDuration(uint32_t RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration)); + + /* Clear TAMPPRCH[1:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPRCH); + + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the TimeStamp on Tamper Detection Event. + * @note The timestamp is valid even the TSE bit in tamper control register + * is reset. + * @param NewState: new state of the timestamp on tamper event. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TimeStampOnTamperDetectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Save timestamp on tamper detection event */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS; + } + else + { + /* Tamper detection does not cause a timestamp to be saved */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the Precharge of Tamper pin. + * @param NewState: new state of tamper pull up. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperPullUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable precharge of the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS; + } + else + { + /* Disable precharge of the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group10 Backup Data Registers configuration functions + * @brief Backup Data Registers configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Backup Data Registers configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register. + * @param RTC_BKP_DR: RTC Backup data Register number. + * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to + * specify the register. + * @param Data: Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data register. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WriteBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR, uint32_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(RTC_BKP_DR)); + + tmp = RTC_BASE + 0x50; + tmp += (RTC_BKP_DR * 4); + + /* Write the specified register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = (uint32_t)Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register. + * @param RTC_BKP_DR: RTC Backup data Register number. + * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to + * specify the register. + * @retval None + */ +uint32_t RTC_ReadBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(RTC_BKP_DR)); + + tmp = RTC_BASE + 0x50; + tmp += (RTC_BKP_DR * 4); + + /* Read the specified register */ + return (*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group11 Output Type Config configuration functions + * @brief Output Type Config configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Output Type Config configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC Output Pin mode. + * @param RTC_OutputType: specifies the RTC Output (PC13) pin mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain: RTC Output (PC13) is configured in + * Open Drain mode. + * @arg RTC_OutputType_PushPull: RTC Output (PC13) is configured in + * Push Pull mode. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_OutputTypeConfig(uint32_t RTC_OutputType) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(RTC_OutputType)); + + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_ALARMOUTTYPE); + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_OutputType); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group12 Shift control synchronisation functions + * @brief Shift control synchronisation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Shift control synchronisation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the Synchronization Shift Control Settings. + * @note When REFCKON is set, firmware must not write to Shift control register + * @param RTC_ShiftAdd1S : Select to add or not 1 second to the time Calendar. + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Set : Add one second to the clock calendar. + * @arg RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Reset: No effect. + * @param RTC_ShiftSubFS: Select the number of Second Fractions to Substitute. + * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x7FFF. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Shift registers are configured + * - ERROR: RTC Shift registers are not configured +*/ +ErrorStatus RTC_SynchroShiftConfig(uint32_t RTC_ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t RTC_ShiftSubFS) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t shpfcount = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S(RTC_ShiftAdd1S)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS(RTC_ShiftSubFS)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Check if a Shift is pending*/ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET) + { + /* Wait until the shift is completed*/ + while (((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET) && (shpfcount != SHPF_TIMEOUT)) + { + shpfcount++; + } + } + + /* Check if the Shift pending is completed or if there is no Shift operation at all*/ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) == RESET) + { + /* check if the reference clock detection is disabled */ + if((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_REFCKON) == RESET) + { + /* Configure the Shift settings */ + RTC->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)(uint32_t)(RTC_ShiftSubFS) | (uint32_t)(RTC_ShiftAdd1S); + + if(RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return (ErrorStatus)(status); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group13 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] All RTC interrupts are connected to the EXTI controller. + (+) To enable the RTC Alarm interrupt, the following sequence is required: + (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 17 in interrupt mode and select + the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + (++) Configure and enable the RTC_Alarm IRQ channel in the NVIC using + the NVIC_Init() function. + (++) Configure the RTC to generate RTC alarms (Alarm A and/or Alarm B) + using the RTC_SetAlarm() and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. + (+) To enable the RTC Wakeup interrupt, the following sequence is required: + (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 20 in interrupt mode and select + the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + (++) Configure and enable the RTC_WKUP IRQ channel in the NVIC using + the NVIC_Init() function. + (++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC wakeup timer event using the + RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd() + functions. + (+) To enable the RTC Tamper interrupt, the following sequence is required: + (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 19 in interrupt mode and select + the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + (++) Configure and enable the TAMP_STAMP IRQ channel in the NVIC using + the NVIC_Init() function. + (++) Configure the RTC to detect the RTC tamper event using the + RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() functions. + (+) To enable the RTC TimeStamp interrupt, the following sequence is required: + (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 19 in interrupt mode and select + the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + (++) Configure and enable the TAMP_STAMP IRQ channel in the NVIC using + the NVIC_Init() function. + (++) Configure the RTC to detect the RTC time-stamp event using the + RTC_TimeStampCmd() functions. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC interrupts. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP: Tamper event interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified RTC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ITConfig(uint32_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CONFIG_IT(RTC_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Configure the Interrupts in the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_IT & ~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_IT & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + } + else + { + /* Configure the Interrupts in the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT & (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC flag is set or not. + * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FLAG_RECALPF: RECALPF event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F: Tamper 3 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F: Tamper 2 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper 1 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSOVF: Time Stamp OverFlow flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSF: Time Stamp event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTF: WakeUp Timer flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF: Alarm B flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF: Alarm A flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_INITF: Initialization mode flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_INITS: Registers Configured flag + * @argRTC_FLAG_SHPF : Shift operation pending flag. + * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTWF: WakeUp Timer Write flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF: Alarm B Write flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF: Alarm A write flag + * @retval The new state of RTC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t RTC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); + + /* Get all the flags */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_FLAGS_MASK); + + /* Return the status of the flag */ + if ((tmpreg & RTC_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RTC's pending flags. + * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the RTC flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F: Tamper 3 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F: Tamper 2 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper 1 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSOVF: Time Stamp Overflow flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSF: Time Stamp event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTF: WakeUp Timer flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF: Alarm B flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF: Alarm A flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ClearFlag(uint32_t RTC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the Flags in the RTC_ISR register */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(~((RTC_FLAG | RTC_ISR_INIT)& 0x0001FFFF) | (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INIT))); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper1 event interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP2: Tamper2 event interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP3: Tamper3 event interrupt + * @retval The new state of RTC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint32_t RTC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0, enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_IT(RTC_IT)); + + /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->TAFCR & (RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE)); + + /* Get the Interrupt enable Status */ + enablestatus = (uint32_t)((RTC->CR & RTC_IT) | (tmpreg & ((RTC_IT >> (RTC_IT >> 18)) >> 15))); + + /* Get the Interrupt pending bit */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ISR & (uint32_t)(RTC_IT >> 4))); + + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + if ((enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET) && ((tmpreg & 0x0000FFFF) != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RTC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper1 event interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP2: Tamper2 event interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP3: Tamper3 event interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t RTC_IT) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_IT(RTC_IT)); + + /* Get the RTC_ISR Interrupt pending bits mask */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC_IT >> 4); + + /* Clear the interrupt pending bits in the RTC_ISR register */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(~((tmpreg | RTC_ISR_INIT)& 0x0000FFFF) | (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INIT))); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Converts a 2 digit decimal to BCD format. + * @param Value: Byte to be converted. + * @retval Converted byte + */ +static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value) +{ + uint8_t bcdhigh = 0; + + while (Value >= 10) + { + bcdhigh++; + Value -= 10; + } + + return ((uint8_t)(bcdhigh << 4) | Value); +} + +/** + * @brief Convert from 2 digit BCD to Binary. + * @param Value: BCD value to be converted. + * @retval Converted word + */ +static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value) +{ + uint8_t tmp = 0; + tmp = ((uint8_t)(Value & (uint8_t)0xF0) >> (uint8_t)0x4) * 10; + return (tmp + (Value & (uint8_t)0x0F)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_spi.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_spi.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42addcd --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_spi.c @@ -0,0 +1,1410 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_spi.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Serial peripheral interface (SPI): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Data transfers functions + * + Hardware CRC Calculation + * + DMA transfers management + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + + + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE) + function for SPI1 or using RCC_APBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE) + function for SPI2. + (#) Enable SCK, MOSI, MISO and NSS GPIO clocks using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() + function. + (#) Peripherals alternate function: + (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. + (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF. + (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members. + (++) Call GPIO_Init() function. + (#) Program the Polarity, Phase, First Data, Baud Rate Prescaler, Slave + Management, Peripheral Mode and CRC Polynomial values using the SPI_Init() + function in SPI mode. In I2S mode, program the Mode, Standard, Data Format, + MCLK Output, Audio frequency and Polarity using I2S_Init() function. + (#) Configure the FIFO threshold using SPI_RxFIFOThresholdConfig() to select + at which threshold the RXNE event is generated. + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + SPI_I2S_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + (#) When using the DMA mode + (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function. + (++) Active the needed channel Request using SPI_I2S_DMACmd() function. + (#) Enable the SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function or enable the I2S using + I2S_Cmd(). + (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode. + (#) Optionally you can enable/configure the following parameters without + re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again SPI_Init() function): + (++) When bidirectional mode (SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx or SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx) + is programmed as Data direction parameter using the SPI_Init() function + it can be possible to switch between SPI_Direction_Tx or SPI_Direction_Rx + using the SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig() function. + (++) When SPI_NSS_Soft is selected as Slave Select Management parameter + using the SPI_Init() function it can be possible to manage the + NSS internal signal using the SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig() function. + (++) Reconfigure the data size using the SPI_DataSizeConfig() function. + (++) Enable or disable the SS output using the SPI_SSOutputCmd() function. + (#) To use the CRC Hardware calculation feature refer to the Peripheral + CRC hardware Calculation subsection. + [..] It is possible to use SPI in I2S full duplex mode, in this case, each SPI + peripheral is able to manage sending and receiving data simultaneously + using two data lines. Each SPI peripheral has an extended block called I2Sxext + (ie. I2S2ext for SPI2 and I2S3ext for SPI3). + The extension block is not a full SPI IP, it is used only as I2S slave to + implement full duplex mode. The extension block uses the same clock sources + as its master. + To configure I2S full duplex you have to: + (#) Configure SPIx in I2S mode (I2S_Init() function) as described above. + (#) Call the I2S_FullDuplexConfig() function using the same strucutre passed to + I2S_Init() function. + (#) Call I2S_Cmd() for SPIx then for its extended block. + (#) Configure interrupts or DMA requests and to get/clear flag status, + use I2Sxext instance for the extension block. + [..] Functions that can be called with I2Sxext instances are: + I2S_Cmd(), I2S_FullDuplexConfig(), SPI_I2S_ReceiveData16(), SPI_I2S_SendData16(), + SPI_I2S_DMACmd(), SPI_I2S_ITConfig(), SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(), SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(), + SPI_I2S_GetITStatus() and SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(). + [..] Example: To use SPI3 in Full duplex mode (SPI3 is Master Tx, I2S3ext is Slave Rx): + [..] RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE); + I2S_StructInit(&I2SInitStruct); + I2SInitStruct.Mode = I2S_Mode_MasterTx; + I2S_Init(SPI3, &I2SInitStruct); + I2S_FullDuplexConfig(SPI3ext, &I2SInitStruct) + I2S_Cmd(SPI3, ENABLE); + I2S_Cmd(SPI3ext, ENABLE); + ... + while (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI2, SPI_FLAG_TXE) == RESET) + {} + SPI_I2S_SendData16(SPI3, txdata[i]); + ... + while (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(I2S3ext, SPI_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET) + {} + rxdata[i] = SPI_I2S_ReceiveData16(I2S3ext); + ... + [..] + (@) In SPI mode: To use the SPI TI mode, call the function SPI_TIModeCmd() + just after calling the function SPI_Init(). + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_spi.h" +#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI + * @brief SPI driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* SPI registers Masks */ +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0x3040) +#define CR2_LDMA_MASK ((uint16_t)0x9FFF) + +#define I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0xF040) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SPI Direction, + SPI Mode, SPI Data Size, SPI Polarity, SPI Phase, SPI NSS Management, SPI Baud + Rate Prescaler, SPI First Bit and SPI CRC Polynomial. + [..] The SPI_Init() function follows the SPI configuration procedures for Master mode + and Slave mode (details for these procedures are available in reference manual). + [..] When the Software NSS management (SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Soft) is selected, + use the following function to manage the NSS bit: + void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft); + [..] In Master mode, when the Hardware NSS management (SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Hard) + is selected, use the follwoing function to enable the NSS output feature. + void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); + [..] The NSS pulse mode can be managed by the SPI TI mode when enabling it using the + following function: void SPI_TIModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); + And it can be managed by software in the SPI Motorola mode using this function: + void SPI_NSSPulseModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); + [..] This section provides also functions to initialize the I2S Mode, Standard, + Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio frequency and Polarity. + [..] The I2S_Init() function follows the I2S configuration procedures for Master mode + and Slave mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the SPIx peripheral registers to their default + * reset values. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + if (SPIx == SPI1) + { + /* Enable SPI1 reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI1 from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, DISABLE); + } + else if (SPIx == SPI2) + { + /* Enable SPI2 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI2 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (SPIx == SPI3) + { + /* Enable SPI3 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI3 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each SPI_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------------- Reset SPI init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + /* Initialize the SPI_Direction member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction = SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex; + /* Initialize the SPI_Mode member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode = SPI_Mode_Slave; + /* Initialize the SPI_DataSize member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize = SPI_DataSize_8b; + /* Initialize the SPI_CPOL member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL = SPI_CPOL_Low; + /* Initialize the SPI_CPHA member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA = SPI_CPHA_1Edge; + /* Initialize the SPI_NSS member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Hard; + /* Initialize the SPI_BaudRatePrescaler member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2; + /* Initialize the SPI_FirstBit member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit = SPI_FirstBit_MSB; + /* Initialize the SPI_CRCPolynomial member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial = 7; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the SPI_InitStruct. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Check the SPI parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DATA_SIZE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial)); + + /* Configuring the SPI in master mode */ + if(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode == SPI_Mode_Master) + { +/*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the SPIx CR1 value */ + tmpreg = SPIx->CR1; + /* Clear BIDIMode, BIDIOE, RxONLY, SSM, SSI, LSBFirst, BR, MSTR, CPOL and CPHA bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure SPIx: direction, NSS management, first transmitted bit, BaudRate prescaler + master/slave mode, CPOL and CPHA */ + /* Set BIDImode, BIDIOE and RxONLY bits according to SPI_Direction value */ + /* Set SSM, SSI and MSTR bits according to SPI_Mode and SPI_NSS values */ + /* Set LSBFirst bit according to SPI_FirstBit value */ + /* Set BR bits according to SPI_BaudRatePrescaler value */ + /* Set CPOL bit according to SPI_CPOL value */ + /* Set CPHA bit according to SPI_CPHA value */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode) | + (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA) | + (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler) | + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit))); + /* Write to SPIx CR1 */ + SPIx->CR1 = tmpreg; + /*-------------------------Data Size Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Get the SPIx CR2 value */ + tmpreg = SPIx->CR2; + /* Clear DS[3:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~SPI_CR2_DS; + /* Configure SPIx: Data Size */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize); + /* Write to SPIx CR2 */ + SPIx->CR2 = tmpreg; + } + /* Configuring the SPI in slave mode */ + else + { +/*---------------------------- Data size Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Get the SPIx CR2 value */ + tmpreg = SPIx->CR2; + /* Clear DS[3:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~SPI_CR2_DS; + /* Configure SPIx: Data Size */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize); + /* Write to SPIx CR2 */ + SPIx->CR2 = tmpreg; +/*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the SPIx CR1 value */ + tmpreg = SPIx->CR1; + /* Clear BIDIMode, BIDIOE, RxONLY, SSM, SSI, LSBFirst, BR, MSTR, CPOL and CPHA bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure SPIx: direction, NSS management, first transmitted bit, BaudRate prescaler + master/salve mode, CPOL and CPHA */ + /* Set BIDImode, BIDIOE and RxONLY bits according to SPI_Direction value */ + /* Set SSM, SSI and MSTR bits according to SPI_Mode and SPI_NSS values */ + /* Set LSBFirst bit according to SPI_FirstBit value */ + /* Set BR bits according to SPI_BaudRatePrescaler value */ + /* Set CPOL bit according to SPI_CPOL value */ + /* Set CPHA bit according to SPI_CPHA value */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode) | + (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA) | + (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler) | + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit))); + + /* Write to SPIx CR1 */ + SPIx->CR1 = tmpreg; + } + + /* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD); + +/*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Write to SPIx CRCPOLY */ + SPIx->CRCPR = SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each I2S_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param I2S_InitStruct : pointer to a I2S_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + /* Initialize the I2S_Mode member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode = I2S_Mode_SlaveTx; + + /* Initialize the I2S_Standard member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard = I2S_Standard_Phillips; + + /* Initialize the I2S_DataFormat member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat = I2S_DataFormat_16b; + + /* Initialize the I2S_MCLKOutput member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput = I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable; + + /* Initialize the I2S_AudioFreq member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq = I2S_AudioFreq_Default; + + /* Initialize the I2S_CPOL member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL = I2S_CPOL_Low; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the I2S_InitStruct. + * @param SPIx:To select the SPIx peripheral, where x can be: 2 or 3 + * in I2S mode. + * @param I2S_InitStruct: pointer to an I2S_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral + * configured in I2S mode. + * @note + * The function calculates the optimal prescaler needed to obtain the most + * accurate audio frequency (depending on the I2S clock source, the PLL values + * and the product configuration). But in case the prescaler value is greater + * than 511, the default value (0x02) will be configured instead. + * @retval None + */ +void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0, i2sdiv = 2, i2sodd = 0, packetlength = 1; + uint32_t tmp = 0; + RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_Clocks; + uint32_t sourceclock = 0; + + /* Check the I2S parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)); + +/*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK; + SPIx->I2SPR = 0x0002; + + /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */ + tmpreg = SPIx->I2SCFGR; + + /* If the default value has to be written, reinitialize i2sdiv and i2sodd*/ + if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq == I2S_AudioFreq_Default) + { + i2sodd = (uint16_t)0; + i2sdiv = (uint16_t)2; + } + /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */ + else + { + /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) */ + if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat == I2S_DataFormat_16b) + { + /* Packet length is 16 bits */ + packetlength = 1; + } + else + { + /* Packet length is 32 bits */ + packetlength = 2; + } + + /* I2S Clock source is System clock: Get System Clock frequency */ + RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks); + + /* Get the source clock value: based on System Clock value */ + sourceclock = RCC_Clocks.SYSCLK_Frequency; + + /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state with a floating point */ + if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable) + { + /* MCLK output is enabled */ + tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / 256) * 10) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5); + } + else + { + /* MCLK output is disabled */ + tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / (32 * packetlength)) *10 ) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5); + } + + /* Remove the floating point */ + tmp = tmp / 10; + + /* Check the parity of the divider */ + i2sodd = (uint16_t)(tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001); + + /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */ + i2sdiv = (uint16_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2); + + /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */ + i2sodd = (uint16_t) (i2sodd << 8); + } + + /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */ + if ((i2sdiv < 2) || (i2sdiv > 0xFF)) + { + /* Set the default values */ + i2sdiv = 2; + i2sodd = 0; + } + + /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */ + SPIx->I2SPR = (uint16_t)(i2sdiv | (uint16_t)(i2sodd | (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput)); + + /* Configure the I2S with the SPI_InitStruct values */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode) | \ + (uint16_t)((uint16_t)((uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard |I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat) |\ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL))); + + /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_SPE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_SPE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TI Mode. + * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has + * been called. + * @note When TI mode is selected, the control bits SSM, SSI, CPOL and CPHA + * are not taken into consideration and are configured by hardware + * respectively to the TI mode requirements. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPI TI communication mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_TIModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TI mode for the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_FRF; + } + else + { + /* Disable the TI mode for the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_FRF); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode). + * @param SPIx:To select the SPIx peripheral, where x can be: 2 or 3 in + * I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral in I2S mode */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral in I2S mode */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the data size for the selected SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_DataSize: specifies the SPI data size. + * For the SPIx peripheral this parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_DataSize_4b: Set data size to 4 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_5b: Set data size to 5 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_6b: Set data size to 6 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_7b: Set data size to 7 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_8b: Set data size to 8 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_9b: Set data size to 9 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_10b: Set data size to 10 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_11b: Set data size to 11 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_12b: Set data size to 12 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_13b: Set data size to 13 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_14b: Set data size to 14 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_15b: Set data size to 15 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_16b: Set data size to 16 bits + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DATA_SIZE(SPI_DataSize)); + /* Read the CR2 register */ + tmpreg = SPIx->CR2; + /* Clear DS[3:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~SPI_CR2_DS; + /* Set new DS[3:0] bits value */ + tmpreg |= SPI_DataSize; + SPIx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the FIFO reception threshold for the selected SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_RxFIFOThreshold: specifies the FIFO reception threshold. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_HF: RXNE event is generated if the FIFO + * level is greater or equal to 1/2. + * @arg SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_QF: RXNE event is generated if the FIFO + * level is greater or equal to 1/4. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_RxFIFOThresholdConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_RxFIFOThreshold) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_RX_FIFO_THRESHOLD(SPI_RxFIFOThreshold)); + + /* Clear FRXTH bit */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_FRXTH); + + /* Set new FRXTH bit value */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_RxFIFOThreshold; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the data transfer direction in bidirectional mode for the specified SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_Direction: specifies the data transfer direction in bidirectional mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_Direction_Tx: Selects Tx transmission direction + * @arg SPI_Direction_Rx: Selects Rx receive direction + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(SPI_Direction)); + if (SPI_Direction == SPI_Direction_Tx) + { + /* Set the Tx only mode */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_Direction_Tx; + } + else + { + /* Set the Rx only mode */ + SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_Direction_Rx; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures internally by software the NSS pin for the selected SPI. + * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has + * been called. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_NSSInternalSoft: specifies the SPI NSS internal state. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set: Set NSS pin internally + * @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset: Reset NSS pin internally + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(SPI_NSSInternalSoft)); + + if (SPI_NSSInternalSoft != SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset) + { + /* Set NSS pin internally by software */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set; + } + else + { + /* Reset NSS pin internally by software */ + SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the full duplex mode for the I2Sx peripheral using its + * extension I2Sxext according to the specified parameters in the + * I2S_InitStruct. + * @param I2Sxext: where x can be 2 or 3 to select the I2S peripheral extension block. + * @param I2S_InitStruct: pointer to an I2S_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified I2S peripheral + * extension. + * + * @note The structure pointed by I2S_InitStruct parameter should be the same + * used for the master I2S peripheral. In this case, if the master is + * configured as transmitter, the slave will be receiver and vice versa. + * Or you can force a different mode by modifying the field I2S_Mode to the + * value I2S_SlaveRx or I2S_SlaveTx indepedently of the master configuration. + * + * @note The I2S full duplex extension can be configured in slave mode only. + * + * @retval None + */ +void I2S_FullDuplexConfig(SPI_TypeDef* I2Sxext, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Check the I2S parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2S_EXT_PERIPH(I2Sxext)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)); + +/*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */ + I2Sxext->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK; + I2Sxext->I2SPR = 0x0002; + + /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */ + tmpreg = I2Sxext->I2SCFGR; + + /* Get the mode to be configured for the extended I2S */ + if ((I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_MasterTx) || (I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_SlaveTx)) + { + tmp = I2S_Mode_SlaveRx; + } + else + { + if ((I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_MasterRx) || (I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_SlaveRx)) + { + tmp = I2S_Mode_SlaveTx; + } + } + + + /* Configure the I2S with the SPI_InitStruct values */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | (uint16_t)(tmp | \ + (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat | \ + (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)))); + + /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ + I2Sxext->I2SCFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SS output for the selected SPI. + * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has + * been called and the NSS hardware management mode is selected. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx SS output. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI SS output */ + SPIx->CR2 |= (uint16_t)SPI_CR2_SSOE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI SS output */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_SSOE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the NSS pulse management mode. + * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has + * been called. + * @note When TI mode is selected, the control bits NSSP is not taken into + * consideration and are configured by hardware respectively to the + * TI mode requirements. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the NSS pulse management mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_NSSPulseModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the NSS pulse management mode */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_NSSP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the NSS pulse management mode */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_NSSP); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group2 Data transfers functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data transfers functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI or I2S + data transfers. + [..] In reception, data are received and then stored into an internal Rx buffer while + In transmission, data are first stored into an internal Tx buffer before being + transmitted. + [..] The read access of the SPI_DR register can be done using the SPI_I2S_ReceiveData() + function and returns the Rx buffered value. Whereas a write access to the SPI_DR + can be done using SPI_I2S_SendData() function and stores the written data into + Tx buffer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits a Data through the SPIx peripheral. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param Data: Data to be transmitted. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_SendData8(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t Data) +{ + uint32_t spixbase = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + spixbase = (uint32_t)SPIx; + spixbase += 0x0C; + + *(__IO uint8_t *) spixbase = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits a Data through the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param Data: Data to be transmitted. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_SendData16(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + + SPIx->DR = (uint16_t)Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the SPIx peripheral. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint8_t SPI_ReceiveData8(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + uint32_t spixbase = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + + spixbase = (uint32_t)SPIx; + spixbase += 0x0C; + + return *(__IO uint8_t *) spixbase; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the SPIx peripheral. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData16(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + + return SPIx->DR; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group3 Hardware CRC Calculation functions + * @brief Hardware CRC Calculation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Hardware CRC Calculation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI CRC hardware + calculation. + [..] SPI communication using CRC is possible through the following procedure: + (#) Program the Data direction, Polarity, Phase, First Data, Baud Rate Prescaler, + Slave Management, Peripheral Mode and CRC Polynomial values using the SPI_Init() + function. + (#) Enable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. + (#) Enable the SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function + (#) Before writing the last data to the TX buffer, set the CRCNext bit using the + SPI_TransmitCRC() function to indicate that after transmission of the last + data, the CRC should be transmitted. + (#) After transmitting the last data, the SPI transmits the CRC. The SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT + bit is reset. The CRC is also received and compared against the SPI_RXCRCR + value. + If the value does not match, the SPI_FLAG_CRCERR flag is set and an interrupt + can be generated when the SPI_I2S_IT_ERR interrupt is enabled. + [..] + (@) + (+@) It is advised to don't read the calculate CRC values during the communication. + (+@) When the SPI is in slave mode, be careful to enable CRC calculation only + when the clock is stable, that is, when the clock is in the steady state. + If not, a wrong CRC calculation may be done. In fact, the CRC is sensitive + to the SCK slave input clock as soon as CRCEN is set, and this, whatever + the value of the SPE bit. + (+@) With high bitrate frequencies, be careful when transmitting the CRC. + As the number of used CPU cycles has to be as low as possible in the CRC + transfer phase, it is forbidden to call software functions in the CRC + transmission sequence to avoid errors in the last data and CRC reception. + In fact, CRCNEXT bit has to be written before the end of the transmission/reception + of the last data. + (+@) For high bit rate frequencies, it is advised to use the DMA mode to avoid the + degradation of the SPI speed performance due to CPU accesses impacting the + SPI bandwidth. + (+@) When the STM32F30x are configured as slaves and the NSS hardware mode is + used, the NSS pin needs to be kept low between the data phase and the CRC + phase. + (+@) When the SPI is configured in slave mode with the CRC feature enabled, CRC + calculation takes place even if a high level is applied on the NSS pin. + This may happen for example in case of a multislave environment where the + communication master addresses slaves alternately. + (+@) Between a slave deselection (high level on NSS) and a new slave selection + (low level on NSS), the CRC value should be cleared on both master and slave + sides in order to resynchronize the master and slave for their respective + CRC calculation. + [..] + (@) To clear the CRC, follow the procedure below: + (#@) Disable SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function. + (#@) Disable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. + (#@) Enable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. + (#@) Enable SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the CRC calculation length for the selected SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_CRCLength: specifies the SPI CRC calculation length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_CRCLength_8b: Set CRC Calculation to 8 bits + * @arg SPI_CRCLength_16b: Set CRC Calculation to 16 bits + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_CRCLengthConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_CRCLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_LENGTH(SPI_CRCLength)); + + /* Clear CRCL bit */ + SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_CRCL); + + /* Set new CRCL bit value */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CRCLength; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CRC value calculation of the transferred bytes. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx CRC value calculation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI CRC calculation */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI CRC calculation */ + SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_CRCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits the SPIx CRC value. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Enable the selected SPI CRC transmission */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the transmit or the receive CRC register value for the specified SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_CRC: specifies the CRC register to be read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_CRC_Tx: Selects Tx CRC register + * @arg SPI_CRC_Rx: Selects Rx CRC register + * @retval The selected CRC register value.. + */ +uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC) +{ + uint16_t crcreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC(SPI_CRC)); + + if (SPI_CRC != SPI_CRC_Rx) + { + /* Get the Tx CRC register */ + crcreg = SPIx->TXCRCR; + } + else + { + /* Get the Rx CRC register */ + crcreg = SPIx->RXCRCR; + } + /* Return the selected CRC register */ + return crcreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the CRC Polynomial register value for the specified SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval The CRC Polynomial register value. + */ +uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Return the CRC polynomial register */ + return SPIx->CRCPR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group4 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SPIx/I2Sx DMA interface. + * @param SPIx:To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_DMAReq: specifies the SPI DMA transfer request to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: Tx buffer DMA transfer request + * @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: Rx buffer DMA transfer request + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPI DMA transfer request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_DMA_REQ(SPI_I2S_DMAReq)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI DMA requests */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_I2S_DMAReq; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI DMA requests */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_DMAReq; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the number of data to transfer type(Even/Odd) for the DMA + * last transfers and for the selected SPI. + * @note This function have a meaning only if DMA mode is selected and if + * the packing mode is used (data length <= 8 and DMA transfer size halfword) + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_LastDMATransfer: specifies the SPI last DMA transfers state. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxEven: Number of data for transmission Even + * and number of data for reception Even. + * @arg SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxEven: Number of data for transmission Odd + * and number of data for reception Even. + * @arg SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxOdd: Number of data for transmission Even + * and number of data for reception Odd. + * @arg SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxOdd: RNumber of data for transmission Odd + * and number of data for reception Odd. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_LastDMATransferCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_LastDMATransfer) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_LAST_DMA_TRANSFER(SPI_LastDMATransfer)); + + /* Clear LDMA_TX and LDMA_RX bits */ + SPIx->CR2 &= CR2_LDMA_MASK; + + /* Set new LDMA_TX and LDMA_RX bits value */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_LastDMATransfer; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to configure the SPI/I2S + Interrupts sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode. + + *** Polling Mode *** + ==================== + [..] In Polling Mode, the SPI/I2S communication can be managed by 9 flags: + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register. + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register. + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY : to indicate the state of the communication layer of the SPI. + (#) SPI_FLAG_CRCERR : to indicate if a CRC Calculation error occur. + (#) SPI_FLAG_MODF : to indicate if a Mode Fault error occur. + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR : to indicate if an Overrun error occur. + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE: to indicate a Frame Format error occurs. + (#) I2S_FLAG_UDR: to indicate an Underrun error occurs. + (#) I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: to indicate Channel Side. + [..] + (@) Do not use the BSY flag to handle each data transmission or reception. + It is better to use the TXE and RXNE flags instead. + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); + (+) void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); + + *** Interrupt Mode *** + ====================== + [..] In Interrupt Mode, the SPI/I2S communication can be managed by 3 interrupt sources + and 5 pending bits: + [..] Pending Bits: + (#) SPI_I2S_IT_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register. + (#) SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register. + (#) SPI_I2S_IT_OVR : to indicate if an Overrun error occur. + (#) I2S_IT_UDR : to indicate an Underrun Error occurs. + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE : to indicate a Frame Format error occurs. + [..] Interrupt Source: + (#) SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: specifies the interrupt source for the Tx buffer empty + interrupt. + (#) SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE : specifies the interrupt source for the Rx buffer not + empty interrupt. + (#) SPI_I2S_IT_ERR : specifies the interrupt source for the errors interrupt. + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + (+) ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); + + *** FIFO Status *** + =================== + [..] It is possible to monitor the FIFO status when a transfer is ongoing using the + following function: + (+) uint32_t SPI_GetFIFOStatus(uint8_t SPI_FIFO_Direction); + + *** DMA Mode *** + ================ + [..] In DMA Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel requests: + (#) SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request. + (#) SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request. + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: + (+) void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI/I2S interrupts. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt mask + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Rx buffer not empty interrupt mask + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified SPI interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0 ; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); + + /* Get the SPI IT index */ + itpos = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4; + + /* Set the IT mask */ + itmask = (uint16_t)1 << (uint16_t)itpos; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI interrupt */ + SPIx->CR2 |= itmask; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI interrupt */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~itmask; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current SPIx Transmission FIFO filled level. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval The Transmission FIFO filling state. + * - SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_Empty: when FIFO is empty + * - SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_1QuarterFull: if more than 1 quarter-full. + * - SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_HalfFull: if more than 1 half-full. + * - SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_Full: when FIFO is full. + */ +uint16_t SPI_GetTransmissionFIFOStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Get the SPIx Transmission FIFO level bits */ + return (uint16_t)((SPIx->SR & SPI_SR_FTLVL)); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current SPIx Reception FIFO filled level. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval The Reception FIFO filling state. + * - SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_Empty: when FIFO is empty + * - SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_1QuarterFull: if more than 1 quarter-full. + * - SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_HalfFull: if more than 1 half-full. + * - SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_Full: when FIFO is full. + */ +uint16_t SPI_GetReceptionFIFOStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Get the SPIx Reception FIFO level bits */ + return (uint16_t)((SPIx->SR & SPI_SR_FRLVL)); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SPI flag is set or not. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_MODF: Mode Fault flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC Error flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE: TI frame format error flag. + * @arg I2S_FLAG_UDR: Underrun Error flag. + * @arg I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: Channel Side flag. + * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified SPI flag */ + if ((SPIx->SR & SPI_I2S_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SPI_I2S_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) flag. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to clear. + * This function clears only CRCERR flag. + * @note OVR (OverRun error) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData()) followed by a read + * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()). + * @note MODF (Mode Fault) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read/write + * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a + * write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable the SPI). + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CLEAR_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) flag */ + SPIx->SR = (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SPI/I2S interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Transmit buffer empty interrupt. + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty interrupt. + * @arg SPI_IT_MODF: Mode Fault interrupt. + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt. + * @arg I2S_IT_UDR: Underrun interrupt. + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_FRE: Format Error interrupt. + * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); + + /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT index */ + itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F); + + /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT IT mask */ + itmask = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4; + + /* Set the IT mask */ + itmask = 0x01 << itmask; + + /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (SPIx->CR2 & itmask) ; + + /* Check the status of the specified SPI interrupt */ + if (((SPIx->SR & itpos) != (uint16_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* SPI_I2S_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SPI_I2S_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SPI_I2S_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_tim.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_tim.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..77de7da --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_tim.c @@ -0,0 +1,3995 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_tim.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the TIM peripheral: + * + TimeBase management + * + Output Compare management + * + Input Capture management + * + Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features + * + Interrupts, DMA and flags management + * + Clocks management + * + Synchronization management + * + Specific interface management + * + Specific remapping management + * + @verbatim + + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the TIM + of all stm32f30x devices. + These functions are split in 9 groups: + + (#) TIM TimeBase management: this group includes all needed functions + to configure the TM Timebase unit: + (++) Set/Get Prescaler + (++) Set/Get Autoreload + (++) Counter modes configuration + (++) Set Clock division + (++) Select the One Pulse mode + (++) Update Request Configuration + (++) Update Disable Configuration + (++) Auto-Preload Configuration + (++) Enable/Disable the counter + + (#) TIM Output Compare management: this group includes all needed + functions to configure the Capture/Compare unit used in Output + compare mode: + (++) Configure each channel, independently, in Output Compare mode + (++) Select the output compare modes + (++) Select the Polarities of each channel + (++) Set/Get the Capture/Compare register values + (++) Select the Output Compare Fast mode + (++) Select the Output Compare Forced mode + (++) Output Compare-Preload Configuration + (++) Clear Output Compare Reference + (++) Select the OCREF Clear signal + (++) Enable/Disable the Capture/Compare Channels + + (#) TIM Input Capture management: this group includes all needed + functions to configure the Capture/Compare unit used in + Input Capture mode: + (++) Configure each channel in input capture mode + (++) Configure Channel1/2 in PWM Input mode + (++) Set the Input Capture Prescaler + (++) Get the Capture/Compare values + + (#) Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features + (++) Configures the Break input, dead time, Lock level, the OSSI, + the OSSR State and the AOE(automatic output enable) + (++) Enable/Disable the TIM peripheral Main Outputs + (++) Select the Commutation event + (++) Set/Reset the Capture Compare Preload Control bit + + (#) TIM interrupts, DMA and flags management + (++) Enable/Disable interrupt sources + (++) Get flags status + (++) Clear flags/ Pending bits + (++) Enable/Disable DMA requests + (++) Configure DMA burst mode + (++) Select CaptureCompare DMA request + + (#) TIM clocks management: this group includes all needed functions + to configure the clock controller unit: + (++) Select internal/External clock + (++) Select the external clock mode: ETR(Mode1/Mode2), TIx or ITRx + + (#) TIM synchronization management: this group includes all needed + functions to configure the Synchronization unit: + (++) Select Input Trigger + (++) Select Output Trigger + (++) Select Master Slave Mode + (++) ETR Configuration when used as external trigger + + (#) TIM specific interface management, this group includes all + needed functions to use the specific TIM interface: + (++) Encoder Interface Configuration + (++) Select Hall Sensor + + (#) TIM specific remapping management includes the Remapping + configuration of specific timers + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_tim.h" +#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM + * @brief TIM driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* ---------------------- TIM registers bit mask ------------------------ */ +#define SMCR_ETR_MASK ((uint16_t)0x00FF) +#define CCMR_OFFSET ((uint16_t)0x0018) +#define CCER_CCE_SET ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define CCER_CCNE_SET ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define CCMR_OC13M_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFEFF8F) +#define CCMR_OC24M_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFEFF8FFF) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group1 TimeBase management functions + * @brief TimeBase management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### TimeBase management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + + *** TIM Driver: how to use it in Timing(Time base) Mode *** + ============================================================ + [..] + To use the Timer in Timing(Time base) mode, the following steps are mandatory: + + (#) Enable TIM clock using + RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function + (#) Fill the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct with the desired parameters. + (#) Call TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIMx, &TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) to configure + the Time Base unit + with the corresponding configuration + (#) Enable the NVIC if you need to generate the update interrupt. + (#) Enable the corresponding interrupt using the function + TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_Update) + (#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter. + [..] + (@) All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed, + a specific feature of the Timer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the TIMx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + + */ +void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + if (TIMx == TIM1) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM2) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM3) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM4) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM6) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM7) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM8) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM15) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM16) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (TIMx == TIM17) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Time Base Unit peripheral according to + * the specified parameters in the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision)); + + tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)|| (TIMx == TIM2) || + (TIMx == TIM3)|| (TIMx == TIM4)) + { + /* Select the Counter Mode */ + tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS)); + tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode; + } + + if((TIMx != TIM6) && (TIMx != TIM7)) + { + /* Set the clock division */ + tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CR1_CKD); + tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision; + } + + TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; + + /* Set the Autoreload value */ + TIMx->ARR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period ; + + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + TIMx->PSC = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler; + + if ((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)|| (TIMx == TIM15) || + (TIMx == TIM16) || (TIMx == TIM17)) + { + /* Set the Repetition Counter value */ + TIMx->RCR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter; + } + + /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler + and the repetition counter(only for TIM1 and TIM8) value immediatly */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef + * structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period = 0xFFFFFFFF; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler = 0x0000; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision = TIM_CKD_DIV1; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode = TIM_CounterMode_Up; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter = 0x0000; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Prescaler: specifies the Prescaler Register value + * @param TIM_PSCReloadMode: specifies the TIM Prescaler Reload mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update: The Prescaler is loaded at the update event. + * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate: The Prescaler is loaded immediatly. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(TIM_PSCReloadMode)); + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + TIMx->PSC = Prescaler; + /* Set or reset the UG Bit */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Specifies the TIMx Counter Mode to be used. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_CounterMode: specifies the Counter Mode to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Up: TIM Up Counting Mode + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Down: TIM Down Counting Mode + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1: TIM Center Aligned Mode1 + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2: TIM Center Aligned Mode2 + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3: TIM Center Aligned Mode3 + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode) +{ + uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_CounterMode)); + + tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; + + /* Reset the CMS and DIR Bits */ + tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS); + + /* Set the Counter Mode */ + tmpcr1 |= TIM_CounterMode; + + /* Write to TIMx CR1 register */ + TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Counter Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Counter: specifies the Counter register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Counter Register value */ + TIMx->CNT = Counter; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Autoreload Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Autoreload: specifies the Autoreload register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Autoreload) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Autoreload Register value */ + TIMx->ARR = Autoreload; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Counter value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Counter Register value + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Counter Register value */ + return TIMx->CNT; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Prescaler value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Prescaler Register value. + */ +uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Prescaler Register value */ + return TIMx->PSC; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the TIMx Update event. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx UDIS bit + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the Update Disable Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_UDIS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the Update Disable Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_UDIS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Update Request Interrupt source. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_UpdateSource: specifies the Update source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Regular: Source of update is the counter + * overflow/underflow or the setting of UG bit, or an update + * generation through the slave mode controller. + * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Global: Source of update is counter overflow/underflow. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(TIM_UpdateSource)); + + if (TIM_UpdateSource != TIM_UpdateSource_Global) + { + /* Set the URS Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_URS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the URS Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_URS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or resets the update interrupt flag (UIF)status bit Remapping. + * when sets, reading TIMx_CNT register returns UIF bit instead of CNT[31] + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the UIFREMAP bit. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_UIFRemap(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TIM Counter */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_UIFREMAP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the TIM Counter */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_UIFREMAP; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables TIMx peripheral Preload register on ARR. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ARR Preload Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_ARPE; + } + else + { + /* Reset the ARR Preload Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_ARPE; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx's One Pulse Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OPMode: specifies the OPM Mode to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OPMode_Single + * @arg TIM_OPMode_Repetitive + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(TIM_OPMode)); + + /* Reset the OPM Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_OPM; + + /* Configure the OPM Mode */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_OPMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Clock Division value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_CKD: specifies the clock division value. + * This parameter can be one of the following value: + * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV1: TDTS = Tck_tim + * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV2: TDTS = 2*Tck_tim + * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV4: TDTS = 4*Tck_tim + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_CKD)); + + /* Reset the CKD Bits */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CR1_CKD); + + /* Set the CKD value */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CKD; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM peripheral. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select + * the TIMx peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TIM Counter */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_CEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the TIM Counter */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_CEN; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group2 Output Compare management functions + * @brief Output Compare management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Output Compare management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + *** TIM Driver: how to use it in Output Compare Mode *** + ======================================================== + [..] + To use the Timer in Output Compare mode, the following steps are mandatory: + + (#) Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function + + (#) Configure the TIM pins by configuring the corresponding GPIO pins + + (#) Configure the Time base unit as described in the first part of this driver, + if needed, else the Timer will run with the default configuration: + (++) Autoreload value = 0xFFFF + (++) Prescaler value = 0x0000 + (++) Counter mode = Up counting + (++) Clock Division = TIM_CKD_DIV1 + (#) Fill the TIM_OCInitStruct with the desired parameters including: + (++) The TIM Output Compare mode: TIM_OCMode + (++) TIM Output State: TIM_OutputState + (++) TIM Pulse value: TIM_Pulse + (++) TIM Output Compare Polarity : TIM_OCPolarity + + (#) Call TIM_OCxInit(TIMx, &TIM_OCInitStruct) to configure the desired channel with the + corresponding configuration + + (#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter. + [..] + (@) All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed, + a specific feature of the Timer. + + (@) In case of PWM mode, this function is mandatory: + TIM_OCxPreloadConfig(TIMx, TIM_OCPreload_ENABLE); + + (@) If the corresponding interrupt or DMA request are needed, the user should: + (#@) Enable the NVIC (or the DMA) to use the TIM interrupts (or DMA requests). + (#@) Enable the corresponding interrupt (or DMA request) using the function + TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_CCx) (or TIM_DMA_Cmd(TIMx, TIM_DMA_CCx)) + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel1 according to the specified parameters in + * the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity; + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState; + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8) || (TIMx == TIM15) || (TIMx == TIM16) || (TIMx == TIM17)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity; + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NE; + + /* Set the Output N State */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState; + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS1; + tmpcr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS1N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState; + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState; + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR1 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel2 according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 4); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 4); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 4); + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NE; + + /* Set the Output N State */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 4); + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS2; + tmpcr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS2N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 2); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 2); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR2 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel3 according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 8); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 8); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 8); + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NE; + + /* Set the Output N State */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 8); + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS3; + tmpcr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS3N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 4); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 4); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR3 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel4 according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 12); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 12); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &=(uint32_t) ~TIM_CR2_OIS4; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 6); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR4 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel5 according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC5Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 5: Reset the CC5E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC5E; /* to be verified*/ + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR3 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR3; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR3_OC5M; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC5P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 16); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 16); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &=(uint32_t) ~TIM_CR2_OIS5; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 16); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR5 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel6 according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC6Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 5: Reset the CC5E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC6E; /* to be verified*/ + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR3 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR3; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR3_OC6M; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC6P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 20); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 20); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &=(uint32_t) ~TIM_CR2_OIS6; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 18); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR6 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIM Group Channel 5 and Channel 1, + OC1REFC is the logical AND of OC1REFC and OC5REF. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral + * @param NewState: new state of the Commutation event. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectGC5C1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the GC5C1 Bit */ + TIMx->CCR5 |= TIM_CCR5_GC5C1; + } + else + { + /* Reset the GC5C1 Bit */ + TIMx->CCR5 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCR5_GC5C1; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIM Group Channel 5 and Channel 2, + OC2REFC is the logical AND of OC2REFC and OC5REF. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral + * @param NewState: new state of the Commutation event. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectGC5C2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the GC5C2 Bit */ + TIMx->CCR5 |= TIM_CCR5_GC5C2; + } + else + { + /* Reset the GC5C2 Bit */ + TIMx->CCR5 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCR5_GC5C2; + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIM Group Channel 5 and Channel 3, + OC3REFC is the logical AND of OC3REFC and OC5REF. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral + * @param NewState: new state of the Commutation event. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectGC5C3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the GC5C3 Bit */ + TIMx->CCR5 |= TIM_CCR5_GC5C3; + } + else + { + /* Reset the GC5C3 Bit */ + TIMx->CCR5 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCR5_GC5C3; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_OCInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode = TIM_OCMode_Timing; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState = TIM_OutputState_Disable; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState = TIM_OutputNState_Disable; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse = 0x00000000; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState = TIM_OCIdleState_Reset; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIM Output Compare Mode. + * @note This function disables the selected channel before changing the Output + * Compare Mode. If needed, user has to enable this channel using + * TIM_CCxCmd() and TIM_CCxNCmd() functions. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @param TIM_OCMode: specifies the TIM Output Compare Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Timing + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Active + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Toggle + * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM1 + * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM2 + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Retrigerrable_OPM1 + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Retrigerrable_OPM2 + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Combined_PWM1 + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Combined_PWM2 + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Asymmetric_PWM1 + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Asymmetric_PWM2 + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint32_t TIM_OCMode) /* to be updated*/ +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + uint16_t tmp1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCM(TIM_OCMode)); + + tmp = (uint32_t) TIMx; + tmp += CCMR_OFFSET; + + tmp1 = CCER_CCE_SET << (uint16_t)TIM_Channel; + + /* Disable the Channel: Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t) ~tmp1; + + if((TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) ||(TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3)) + { + tmp += (TIM_Channel>>1); + + /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= CCMR_OC13M_MASK; + + /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= TIM_OCMode; + } + else + { + tmp += (uint32_t)(TIM_Channel - (uint32_t)4)>> (uint32_t)1; + + /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= CCMR_OC24M_MASK; + + /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCMode << 8); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare1 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare1: specifies the Capture Compare1 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare1) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare1 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR1 = Compare1; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare2 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param Compare2: specifies the Capture Compare2 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare2) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare2 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR2 = Compare2; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare3 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare3: specifies the Capture Compare3 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare3) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare3 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR3 = Compare3; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare4 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare4: specifies the Capture Compare4 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare4) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare4 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR4 = Compare4; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare5 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare5: specifies the Capture Compare5 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare5(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare5) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare5 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR5 = Compare5; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare6 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare6: specifies the Capture Compare5 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare6(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare6) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare6 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR6 = Compare6; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 1 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC1REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC1REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC1M Bits */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ForcedAction; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 2 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC2REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC2REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC2M Bits */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr1 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_ForcedAction << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 3 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC3REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC3REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC1M Bits */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ForcedAction; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 4 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC4REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC4REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC2M Bits */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr2 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_ForcedAction << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 5 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC5REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC5REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC5Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr3 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr3 = TIMx->CCMR3; + + /* Reset the OC5M Bits */ + tmpccmr3 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR3_OC5M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr3 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ForcedAction); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 register */ + TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmr3; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 6 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC5REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC5REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC6Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr3 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr3 = TIMx->CCMR3; + + /* Reset the OC6M Bits */ + tmpccmr3 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR3_OC6M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr3 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_ForcedAction << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 register */ + TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmr3; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR1. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC1PE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCPreload; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR2. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC2PE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr1 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCPreload << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR3. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC3PE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCPreload; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR4. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC4PE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr2 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCPreload << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR5. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC5PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr3 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr3 = TIMx->CCMR3; + + /* Reset the OC5PE Bit */ + tmpccmr3 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR3_OC5PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr3 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCPreload); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 register */ + TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmr3; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR6. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC6PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr3 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr3 = TIMx->CCMR3; + + /* Reset the OC5PE Bit */ + tmpccmr3 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR3_OC6PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr3 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCPreload << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 register */ + TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmr3; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 1 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC1FE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCFast; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 2 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC2FE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCFast << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 3 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC3FE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCFast; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 4 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC4FE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCFast << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF1 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC1CE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCClear; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF2 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC2CE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCClear << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF3 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC3CE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCClear; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF4 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC4CE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCClear << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF5 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC5Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr3 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr3 = TIMx->CCMR3; + + /* Reset the OC5CE Bit */ + tmpccmr3 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR3_OC5CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr3 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCClear); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 register */ + TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmr3; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF6 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC6Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr3 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr3 = TIMx->CCMR3; + + /* Reset the OC5CE Bit */ + tmpccmr3 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR3_OC6CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr3 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCClear << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 register */ + TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmr3; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the OCReference Clear source. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCReferenceClear: specifies the OCReference Clear source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCReferenceClear_ETRF: The internal OCreference clear input is connected to ETRF. + * @arg TIM_OCReferenceClear_OCREFCLR: The internal OCreference clear input is connected to OCREF_CLR input. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOCREFClear(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCReferenceClear) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(TIM_OCREFERENCECECLEAR_SOURCE(TIM_OCReferenceClear)); + + /* Set the TIM_OCReferenceClear source */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_OCCS); + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_OCReferenceClear; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 1 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC1 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC1P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCER_CC1P); + tmpccer |= TIM_OCPolarity; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 1N polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC1N Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC1NP Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NP; + tmpccer |= TIM_OCNPolarity; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 2 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC2 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC2P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCER_CC2P); + tmpccer |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCPolarity << 4); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 2N polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC2N Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC2NP Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NP; + tmpccer |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCNPolarity << 4); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 3 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC3 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC3P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3P; + tmpccer |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCPolarity << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 3N polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC3N Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC3NP Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NP; + tmpccer |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCNPolarity << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 4 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC4 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC4P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4P; + tmpccer |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCPolarity << 12); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 5 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC5 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC5PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC5P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC5P; + tmpccer |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCPolarity << 16); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 6 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC6 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC6PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC6P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC6P; + tmpccer |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCPolarity << 20); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @arg TIM_Channel_5: TIM Channel 5 + * @arg TIM_Channel_6: TIM Channel 6 + * @param TIM_CCx: specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_Enable or TIM_CCx_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX(TIM_CCx)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)CCER_CCE_SET << (uint32_t)TIM_Channel; + + /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)(~tmp); + + /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= ((uint32_t)TIM_CCx << (uint32_t)TIM_Channel); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @param TIM_CCxN: specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_Enable or TIM_CCxN_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCxN) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN(TIM_CCxN)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)CCER_CCNE_SET << (uint32_t)TIM_Channel; + + /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t) ~tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= ((uint32_t)TIM_CCxN << (uint32_t)TIM_Channel); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group3 Input Capture management functions + * @brief Input Capture management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Input Capture management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + *** TIM Driver: how to use it in Input Capture Mode *** + ======================================================= + [..] + To use the Timer in Input Capture mode, the following steps are mandatory: + + (#) Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function + + (#) Configure the TIM pins by configuring the corresponding GPIO pins + + (#) Configure the Time base unit as described in the first part of this driver, + if needed, else the Timer will run with the default configuration: + (++) Autoreload value = 0xFFFF + (++) Prescaler value = 0x0000 + (++) Counter mode = Up counting + (++) Clock Division = TIM_CKD_DIV1 + + (#) Fill the TIM_ICInitStruct with the desired parameters including: + (++) TIM Channel: TIM_Channel + (++) TIM Input Capture polarity: TIM_ICPolarity + (++) TIM Input Capture selection: TIM_ICSelection + (++) TIM Input Capture Prescaler: TIM_ICPrescaler + (++) TIM Input CApture filter value: TIM_ICFilter + + (#) Call TIM_ICInit(TIMx, &TIM_ICInitStruct) to configure the desired channel with the + corresponding configuration and to measure only frequency or duty cycle of the input signal, + or, + Call TIM_PWMIConfig(TIMx, &TIM_ICInitStruct) to configure the desired channels with the + corresponding configuration and to measure the frequency and the duty cycle of the input signal + + (#) Enable the NVIC or the DMA to read the measured frequency. + + (#) Enable the corresponding interrupt (or DMA request) to read the Captured value, + using the function TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_CCx) (or TIM_DMA_Cmd(TIMx, TIM_DMA_CCx)) + + (#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter. + + (#) Use TIM_GetCapturex(TIMx); to read the captured value. + [..] + (@) All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed, + a specific feature of the Timer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_ICInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter)); + + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) + { + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_2) + { + /* TI2 Configuration */ + TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3) + { + /* TI3 Configuration */ + TI3_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else + { + /* TI4 Configuration */ + TI4_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_ICInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel = TIM_Channel_1; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler = TIM_ICPSC_DIV1; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter = 0x00; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_ICInitStruct to measure an external PWM signal. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; + uint16_t icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Select the Opposite Input Polarity */ + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) + { + icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Falling; + } + else + { + icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; + } + /* Select the Opposite Input */ + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI) + { + icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI; + } + else + { + icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; + } + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) + { + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + /* TI2 Configuration */ + TI2_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else + { + /* TI2 Configuration */ + TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TI1_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 1 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 1 Register value. + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 1 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR1; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 2 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 2 Register value. + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 2 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR2; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 3 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 3 Register value. + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 3 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR3; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 4 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 4 Register value. + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 4 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR4; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 1 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture1 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + + /* Set the IC1PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR1 |= TIM_ICPSC; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 2 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture2 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; + + /* Set the IC2PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR1 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_ICPSC << 8); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 3 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture3 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC; + + /* Set the IC3PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR2 |= TIM_ICPSC; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 4 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture4 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC; + + /* Set the IC4PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group4 Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features + * @brief Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features ##### + =============================================================================== + + *** TIM Driver: how to use the Break feature *** + ================================================ + [..] + After configuring the Timer channel(s) in the appropriate Output Compare mode: + + (#) Fill the TIM_BDTRInitStruct with the desired parameters for the Timer + Break Polarity, dead time, Lock level, the OSSI/OSSR State and the + AOE(automatic output enable). + + (#) Call TIM_BDTRConfig(TIMx, &TIM_BDTRInitStruct) to configure the Timer + + (#) Enable the Main Output using TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM1, ENABLE) + + (#) Once the break even occurs, the Timer's output signals are put in reset + state or in a known state (according to the configuration made in + TIM_BDTRConfig() function). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State + * and the AOE(automatic output enable). + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM + * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the BDTR Register configuration information for the TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput)); + + /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State, + the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */ + TIMx->BDTR = (uint32_t)TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState | + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime | + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity | + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Break1 feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM + * @param TIM_Break1Polarity: specifies the Break1 polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Break1Polarity_Low: Break1 input is active low + * @arg TIM_Break1Polarity_High: Break1 input is active high + * @param TIM_Break1Filter: specifies the Break1 filter value. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_Break1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_Break1Polarity, uint8_t TIM_Break1Filter) +{ /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK1_FILTER(TIM_Break1Filter)); + + /* Reset the BKP and BKF Bits */ + TIMx->BDTR &= (uint32_t)~ (TIM_BDTR_BKP | TIM_BDTR_BKF); + /* Configure the Break1 polarity and filter */ + TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_Break1Polarity |((uint32_t)TIM_Break1Filter << 16); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Break2 feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM + * @param TIM_Break2Polarity: specifies the Break2 polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Break2Polarity_Low: Break2 input is active low + * @arg TIM_Break2Polarity_High: Break2 input is active high + * @param TIM_Break2Filter: specifies the Break2 filter value. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_Break2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_Break2Polarity, uint8_t TIM_Break2Filter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER(TIM_Break2Filter)); + + /* Reset the BKP and BKF Bits */ + TIMx->BDTR &= (uint32_t)~ (TIM_BDTR_BK2P | TIM_BDTR_BK2F); + + /* Configure the Break1 polarity and filter */ + TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_Break2Polarity |((uint32_t)TIM_Break2Filter << 20); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Break1 input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 1, 16 or 17 to select the TIMx peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIM Break1 input. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_Break1Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Break1 */ + TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_BDTR_BKE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Break1 */ + TIMx->BDTR &= (uint32_t)~TIM_BDTR_BKE; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Break2 input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIM Break2 input. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_Break2Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Break1 */ + TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_BDTR_BK2E; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Break1 */ + TIMx->BDTR &= (uint32_t)~TIM_BDTR_BK2E; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_BDTRInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure which + * will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState = TIM_OSSRState_Disable; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState = TIM_OSSIState_Disable; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel = TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime = 0x00; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break = TIM_Break_Disable; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity = TIM_BreakPolarity_Low; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput = TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM peripheral Main Outputs. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIMx peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIM peripheral Main Outputs. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TIM Main Output */ + TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_BDTR_MOE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the TIM Main Output */ + TIMx->BDTR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_BDTR_MOE; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIM peripheral Commutation event. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIMx peripheral + * @param NewState: new state of the Commutation event. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the COM Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCUS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the COM Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCUS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or Resets the TIM peripheral Capture Compare Preload Control bit. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral + * @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare Preload Control bit + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the CCPC Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + } + else + { + /* Reset the CCPC Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCPC; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group5 Interrupts DMA and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts, DMA and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts, DMA and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM interrupts. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIMx peripheral. + * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source + * + * @note For TIM6 and TIM7 only the parameter TIM_IT_Update can be used + * @note For TIM9 and TIM12 only one of the following parameters can be used: TIM_IT_Update, + * TIM_IT_CC1, TIM_IT_CC2 or TIM_IT_Trigger. + * @note For TIM10, TIM11, TIM13 and TIM14 only one of the following parameters can + * be used: TIM_IT_Update or TIM_IT_CC1 + * @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break can be used only with TIM1 and TIM8 + * + * @param NewState: new state of the TIM interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IT(TIM_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Interrupt sources */ + TIMx->DIER |= TIM_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Interrupt sources */ + TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx event to be generate by software. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_EventSource: specifies the event source. + * This parameter can be one or more of the following values: + * @arg TIM_EventSource_Update: Timer update Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_COM: Timer COM event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_Trigger: Timer Trigger Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_Break: Timer Break event source + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event. + * @note TIM_EventSource_COM and TIM_EventSource_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(TIM_EventSource)); + + /* Set the event sources */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_EventSource; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified TIM flag is set or not. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC5: TIM Capture Compare 5 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC6: TIM Capture Compare 6 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 over capture Flag + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag. + * @note TIM_FLAG_COM and TIM_FLAG_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval The new state of TIM_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_FLAG) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(TIM_FLAG)); + + + if ((TIMx->SR & TIM_FLAG) != RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the TIMx's pending flags. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC5: TIM Capture Compare 5 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC6: TIM Capture Compare 6 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 over capture Flag + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag. + * @note TIM_FLAG_COM and TIM_FLAG_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Clear the flags */ + TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the TIM interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt. + * @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval The new state of the TIM_IT(SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint16_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_IT(TIM_IT)); + + itstatus = TIMx->SR & TIM_IT; + + itenable = TIMx->DIER & TIM_IT; + if ((itstatus != (uint16_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint16_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the TIMx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_IT: specifies the pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM1 update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt. + * @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Clear the IT pending Bit */ + TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_IT; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx's DMA interface. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_DMABase: DMA Base address. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_DIER + * @arg TIM1_DMABase_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABase_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABase_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_RCR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_BDTR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_DCR + * @param TIM_DMABurstLength: DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer and TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(TIM_DMABase)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(TIM_DMABurstLength)); + + /* Set the DMA Base and the DMA Burst Length */ + TIMx->DCR = TIM_DMABase | TIM_DMABurstLength; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's DMA Requests. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_DMASource: specifies the DMA Request sources. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_Update: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_Trigger: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(TIM_DMASource)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DMA sources */ + TIMx->DIER |= TIM_DMASource; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DMA sources */ + TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_DMASource; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx peripheral Capture Compare DMA source. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare DMA source + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the CCDS Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCDS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the CCDS Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCDS; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group6 Clocks management functions + * @brief Clocks management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Clocks management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx internal Clock + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Internal Trigger as External Clock + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_InputTriggerSource: Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource)); + + /* Select the Internal Trigger */ + TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_InputTriggerSource); + + /* Select the External clock mode1 */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Trigger as External Clock + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 + * to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource: Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED: TI1 Edge Detector + * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1: Filtered Timer Input 1 + * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2: Filtered Timer Input 2 + * @param TIM_ICPolarity: specifies the TIx Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @param ICFilter: specifies the filter value. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x0 and 0xF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource, + uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFilter)); + + /* Configure the Timer Input Clock Source */ + if (TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource == TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2) + { + TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter); + } + else + { + TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter); + } + /* Select the Trigger source */ + TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource); + /* Select the External clock mode1 */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External clock Mode1 + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Reset the SMS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + + /* Select the External clock mode1 */ + tmpsmcr |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; + + /* Select the Trigger selection : ETRF */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_TS; + tmpsmcr |= TIM_TS_ETRF; + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External clock Mode2 + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); + + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter); + + /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group7 Synchronization management functions + * @brief Synchronization management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Synchronization management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + *** TIM Driver: how to use it in synchronization Mode *** + ========================================================= + [..] Case of two/several Timers + + (#) Configure the Master Timers using the following functions: + (++) void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource); + (++) void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode); + (#) Configure the Slave Timers using the following functions: + (++) void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); + (++) void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode); + + [..] Case of Timers and external trigger(ETR pin) + + (#) Configure the External trigger using this function: + (++) void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); + (#) Configure the Slave Timers using the following functions: + (++) void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); + (++) void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 + * to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_InputTriggerSource: The Input Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource)); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Reset the TS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_TS; + + /* Set the Input Trigger source */ + tmpsmcr |= TIM_InputTriggerSource; + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx Trigger Output Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * + * @param TIM_TRGOSource: specifies the Trigger Output source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * + * - For all TIMx + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Reset: The UG bit in the TIM_EGR register is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Enable: The Counter Enable CEN is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Update: The update event is selected as the trigger output(TRGO) + * + * - For all TIMx except TIM6 and TIM7 + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1: The trigger output sends a positive pulse when the CC1IF flag + * is to be set, as soon as a capture or compare match occurs(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref: OC1REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref: OC2REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref: OC3REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref: OC4REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST7_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(TIM_TRGOSource)); + + /* Reset the MMS Bits */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_MMS; + /* Select the TRGO source */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_TRGOSource; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx Trigger Output Mode2 (TRGO2). + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * + * @param TIM_TRGO2Source: specifies the Trigger Output source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * + * - For all TIMx + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Reset: The UG bit in the TIM_EGR register is used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Enable: The Counter Enable CEN is used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Update: The update event is selected as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1: The trigger output sends a positive pulse when the CC1IF flag + * is to be set, as soon as a capture or compare match occurs(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref: OC1REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref: OC2REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref: OC3REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref: OC4REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4Ref_RisingFalling: OC4Ref Rising and Falling are used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGO2Source_OC6Ref_RisingFalling: OC6Ref Rising and Falling are used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4RefRising_OC6RefRising: OC4Ref Rising and OC6Ref Rising are used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4RefRising_OC6RefFalling: OC4Ref Rising and OC6Ref Falling are used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGO2Source_OC5RefRising_OC6RefRising: OC5Ref Rising and OC6Ref Rising are used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGO2Source_OC5RefRising_OC6RefFalling: OC5Ref Rising and OC6Ref Falling are used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_TRGO2Source) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO2_SOURCE(TIM_TRGO2Source)); + + /* Reset the MMS Bits */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_MMS2; + /* Select the TRGO source */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_TRGO2Source; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx Slave Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_SlaveMode: specifies the Timer Slave Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Reset: Rising edge of the selected trigger signal(TRGI) reinitialize + * the counter and triggers an update of the registers + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Gated: The counter clock is enabled when the trigger signal (TRGI) is high + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger: The counter starts at a rising edge of the trigger TRGI + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_External1: Rising edges of the selected trigger (TRGI) clock the counter + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Combined_ResetTrigger: Rising edge of the selected trigger input (TRGI) + * reinitializes the counter, generates an update + * of the registers and starts the counter. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_SlaveMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(TIM_SlaveMode)); + + /* Reset the SMS Bits */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint32_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + + /* Select the Slave Mode */ + TIMx->SMCR |= (uint32_t)TIM_SlaveMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or Resets the TIMx Master/Slave Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_MasterSlaveMode: specifies the Timer Master Slave Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable: synchronization between the current timer + * and its slaves (through TRGO) + * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable: No action + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(TIM_MasterSlaveMode)); + + /* Reset the MSM Bit */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_MSM; + + /* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_MasterSlaveMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); + + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Reset the ETR Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= SMCR_ETR_MASK; + + /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ + tmpsmcr |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (uint16_t)(ExtTRGFilter << (uint16_t)8))); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group8 Specific interface management functions + * @brief Specific interface management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Specific interface management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Encoder Interface. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_EncoderMode: specifies the TIMx Encoder Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI1: Counter counts on TI1FP1 edge depending on TI2FP2 level. + * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI2: Counter counts on TI2FP2 edge depending on TI1FP1 level. + * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI12: Counter counts on both TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edges depending + * on the level of the other input. + * @param TIM_IC1Polarity: specifies the IC1 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge. + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge. + * @param TIM_IC2Polarity: specifies the IC2 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge. + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode, + uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(TIM_EncoderMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC2Polarity)); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set the encoder Mode */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + tmpsmcr |= TIM_EncoderMode; + + /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ + tmpccmr1 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0 | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S_0; + + /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ + tmpccer &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1P) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2P); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_IC1Polarity | (uint16_t)(TIM_IC2Polarity << (uint16_t)4)); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's Hall sensor interface. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx Hall sensor interface. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the TI1S Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S; + } + else + { + /* Reset the TI1S Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_TI1S; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group9 Specific remapping management function + * @brief Specific remapping management function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Specific remapping management function ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM16 Remapping input Capabilities. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8 or 16 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Remap: specifies the TIM input reampping source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM16_GPIO: TIM16 Channel 1 is connected to GPIO. + * @arg TIM16_RTC_CLK: TIM16 Channel 1 is connected to RTC input clock. + * @arg TIM16_HSE_DIV32: TIM16 Channel 1 is connected to HSE/32 clock. + * @arg TIM16_MCO: TIM16 Channel 1 is connected to MCO clock. + * @arg TIM1_ADC1_AWDG1: TIM1 ETR is connected to ADC1 AWDG1. + * @arg TIM1_ADC1_AWDG2: TIM1 ETR is connected to ADC1 AWDG2. + * @arg TIM1_ADC1_AWDG3: TIM1 ETR is connected to ADC1 AWDG3. + * @arg TIM1_ADC4_AWDG1: TIM1 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG1. + * @arg TIM1_ADC4_AWDG2: TIM1 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG2. + * @arg TIM1_ADC4_AWDG3: TIM1 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG3. + * @arg TIM8_ADC2_AWDG1: TIM8 ETR is connected to ADC2 AWDG1. + * @arg TIM8_ADC2_AWDG2: TIM8 ETR is connected to ADC2 AWDG2. + * @arg TIM8_ADC2_AWDG3: TIM8 ETR is connected to ADC2 AWDG3. + * @arg TIM8_ADC4_AWDG1: TIM8 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG1. + * @arg TIM8_ADC4_AWDG2: TIM8 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG2. + * @arg TIM8_ADC4_AWDG3: TIM8 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG3. + * @retval : None + */ +void TIM_RemapConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Remap) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_Remap)); + + /* Set the Timer remapping configuration */ + TIMx->OR = TIM_Remap; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 + * to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ((uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_ICFilter << 4)); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint32_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 4); + + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ((uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) & ((uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_ICFilter << 12); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_ICSelection << 8); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 8); + + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F); + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4)); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 12); + + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8); + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_usart.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_usart.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..641a104 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_usart.c @@ -0,0 +1,2084 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_usart.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Universal synchronous asynchronous receiver + * transmitter (USART): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + STOP Mode + * + AutoBaudRate + * + Data transfers + * + Multi-Processor Communication + * + LIN mode + * + Half-duplex mode + * + Smartcard mode + * + IrDA mode + * + RS485 mode + * + DMA transfers management + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE) + function for USART1 or using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USARTx, ENABLE) + function for USART2, USART3, UART4 and UART5. + (#) According to the USART mode, enable the GPIO clocks using + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() function. (The I/O can be TX, RX, CTS, + or and SCLK). + (#) Peripheral's alternate function: + (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. + (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF. + (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members. + (++) Call GPIO_Init() function. + (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length , Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware + flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) using the SPI_Init() + function. + (#) For synchronous mode, enable the clock and program the polarity, + phase and last bit using the USART_ClockInit() function. + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + USART_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + (#) When using the DMA mode: + (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function. + (++) Active the needed channel Request using USART_DMACmd() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function, when using DMA mode. + [..] + Refer to Multi-Processor, LIN, half-duplex, Smartcard, IrDA sub-sections + for more details. + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_usart.h" +#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART + * @brief USART driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*!< USART CR1 register clear Mask ((~(uint32_t)0xFFFFE6F3)) */ +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | \ + USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | \ + USART_CR1_RE)) + +/*!< USART CR2 register clock bits clear Mask ((~(uint32_t)0xFFFFF0FF)) */ +#define CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPOL | \ + USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_LBCL)) + +/*!< USART CR3 register clear Mask ((~(uint32_t)0xFFFFFCFF)) */ +#define CR3_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE)) + +/*!< USART Interrupts mask */ +#define IT_MASK ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup USART_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART + in asynchronous and in synchronous modes. + (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured: + (++) Baud Rate. + (++) Word Length. + (++) Stop Bit. + (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), + the possible USART frame formats are as listed in the following table: + [..] + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M bit | PCE bit | USART frame | + |---------------------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + [..] + (++) Hardware flow control. + (++) Receiver/transmitter modes. + [..] The USART_Init() function follows the USART asynchronous configuration + procedure(details for the procedure are available in reference manual. + (+) For the synchronous mode in addition to the asynchronous mode parameters + these parameters should be also configured: + (++) USART Clock Enabled. + (++) USART polarity. + (++) USART phase. + (++) USART LastBit. + [..] These parameters can be configured using the USART_ClockInit() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the USARTx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + if (USARTx == USART1) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == USART2) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == USART3) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == UART4) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (USARTx == UART5) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the USART_InitStruct . + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t divider = 0, apbclock = 0, tmpreg = 0; + RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_ClocksStatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity)); + assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl)); + + /* Disable USART */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_UE); + + /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR2; + /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_STOP); + + /* Configure the USART Stop Bits, Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit ------------*/ + /* Set STOP[13:12] bits according to USART_StopBits value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits; + + /* Write to USART CR2 */ + USARTx->CR2 = tmpreg; + + /*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR1; + /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR1_CLEAR_MASK); + + /* Configure the USART Word Length, Parity and mode ----------------------- */ + /* Set the M bits according to USART_WordLength value */ + /* Set PCE and PS bits according to USART_Parity value */ + /* Set TE and RE bits according to USART_Mode value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength | USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity | + USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode; + + /* Write to USART CR1 */ + USARTx->CR1 = tmpreg; + + /*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR3; + /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR3_CLEAR_MASK); + + /* Configure the USART HFC -------------------------------------------------*/ + /* Set CTSE and RTSE bits according to USART_HardwareFlowControl value */ + tmpreg |= USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl; + + /* Write to USART CR3 */ + USARTx->CR3 = tmpreg; + + /*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure the USART Baud Rate -------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_ClocksStatus); + + if (USARTx == USART1) + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.USART1CLK_Frequency; + } + else if (USARTx == USART2) + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.USART2CLK_Frequency; + } + else if (USARTx == USART3) + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.USART3CLK_Frequency; + } + else if (USARTx == UART4) + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.UART4CLK_Frequency; + } + else + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.UART5CLK_Frequency; + } + + /* Determine the integer part */ + if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) != 0) + { + /* (divider * 10) computing in case Oversampling mode is 8 Samples */ + divider = (uint32_t)((2 * apbclock) / (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((2 * apbclock) % (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); + } + else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) == 0) */ + { + /* (divider * 10) computing in case Oversampling mode is 16 Samples */ + divider = (uint32_t)((apbclock) / (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((apbclock) % (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); + } + + /* round the divider : if fractional part i greater than 0.5 increment divider */ + if (tmpreg >= (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate) / 2) + { + divider++; + } + + /* Implement the divider in case Oversampling mode is 8 Samples */ + if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) != 0) + { + /* get the LSB of divider and shift it to the right by 1 bit */ + tmpreg = (divider & (uint16_t)0x000F) >> 1; + + /* update the divider value */ + divider = (divider & (uint16_t)0xFFF0) | tmpreg; + } + + /* Write to USART BRR */ + USARTx->BRR = (uint16_t)divider; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each USART_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct) +{ + /* USART_InitStruct members default value */ + USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate = 9600; + USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength = USART_WordLength_8b; + USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits = USART_StopBits_1; + USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity = USART_Parity_No ; + USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode = USART_Mode_Rx | USART_Mode_Tx; + USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl = USART_HardwareFlowControl_None; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral Clock according to the + * specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef + * structure that contains the configuration information for the specified + * USART peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLOCK(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CPOL(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CPHA(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA)); + assert_param(IS_USART_LASTBIT(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit)); +/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR2; + /* Clear CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA, LBCL and SSM bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_MASK); + /* Configure the USART Clock, CPOL, CPHA, LastBit and SSM ------------*/ + /* Set CLKEN bit according to USART_Clock value */ + /* Set CPOL bit according to USART_CPOL value */ + /* Set CPHA bit according to USART_CPHA value */ + /* Set LBCL bit according to USART_LastBit value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL | + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit); + /* Write to USART CR2 */ + USARTx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each USART_ClockInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef + * structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct) +{ + /* USART_ClockInitStruct members default value */ + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock = USART_Clock_Disable; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL = USART_CPOL_Low; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA = USART_CPHA_1Edge; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit = USART_LastBit_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART peripheral. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected USART by setting the UE bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_UE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected USART by clearing the UE bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_UE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's transmitter or receiver. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_Direction: specifies the USART direction. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_Mode_Tx: USART Transmitter + * @arg USART_Mode_Rx: USART Receiver + * @param NewState: new state of the USART transfer direction. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DirectionModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DirectionMode, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(USART_DirectionMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the USART's transfer interface by setting the TE and/or RE bits + in the USART CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_DirectionMode; + } + else + { + /* Disable the USART's transfer interface by clearing the TE and/or RE bits + in the USART CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~USART_DirectionMode; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's 8x oversampling mode. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART 8x oversampling mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Init() + * function in order to have correct baudrate Divider value. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the 8x Oversampling mode by setting the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_OVER8; + } + else + { + /* Disable the 8x Oversampling mode by clearing the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_OVER8); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's one bit sampling method. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART one bit sampling method. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the one bit method by setting the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_ONEBIT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the one bit method by clearing the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_ONEBIT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's most significant bit first + * transmitted/received following the start bit. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART most significant bit first + * transmitted/received following the start bit. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_MSBFirstCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the most significant bit first transmitted/received following the + start bit by setting the MSBFIRST bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_MSBFIRST; + } + else + { + /* Disable the most significant bit first transmitted/received following the + start bit by clearing the MSBFIRST bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_MSBFIRST); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the binary data inversion. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new defined levels for the USART data. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @arg ENABLE: Logical data from the data register are send/received in negative + * logic. (1=L, 0=H). The parity bit is also inverted. + * @arg DISABLE: Logical data from the data register are send/received in positive + * logic. (1=H, 0=L) + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DataInvCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the binary data inversion feature by setting the DATAINV bit in + the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_DATAINV; + } + else + { + /* Disable the binary data inversion feature by clearing the DATAINV bit in + the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_DATAINV); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Pin(s) active level inversion. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_InvPin: specifies the USART pin(s) to invert. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_InvPin_Tx: USART Tx pin active level inversion. + * @arg USART_InvPin_Rx: USART Rx pin active level inversion. + * @param NewState: new active level status for the USART pin(s). + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * - ENABLE: pin(s) signal values are inverted (Vdd =0, Gnd =1). + * - DISABLE: pin(s) signal works using the standard logic levels (Vdd =1, Gnd =0). + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_InvPinCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_InvPin, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_INVERSTION_PIN(USART_InvPin)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the active level inversion for selected pins by setting the TXINV + and/or RXINV bits in the USART CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_InvPin; + } + else + { + /* Disable the active level inversion for selected requests by clearing the + TXINV and/or RXINV bits in the USART CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~USART_InvPin; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the swap Tx/Rx pins. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx TX/RX pins pinout. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @arg ENABLE: The TX and RX pins functions are swapped. + * @arg DISABLE: TX/RX pins are used as defined in standard pinout + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SWAPPinCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the SWAP feature by setting the SWAP bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_SWAP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the SWAP feature by clearing the SWAP bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_SWAP); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the receiver Time Out feature. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx receiver Time Out. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ReceiverTimeOutCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the receiver time out feature by setting the RTOEN bit in the CR2 + register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_RTOEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the receiver time out feature by clearing the RTOEN bit in the CR2 + register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_RTOEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the receiver Time Out value. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_ReceiverTimeOut: specifies the Receiver Time Out value. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetReceiverTimeOut(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_ReceiverTimeOut) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_TIMEOUT(USART_ReceiverTimeOut)); + + /* Clear the receiver Time Out value by clearing the RTO[23:0] bits in the RTOR + register */ + USARTx->RTOR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_RTOR_RTO); + /* Set the receiver Time Out value by setting the RTO[23:0] bits in the RTOR + register */ + USARTx->RTOR |= USART_ReceiverTimeOut; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the system clock prescaler. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_Prescaler: specifies the prescaler clock. + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the USART prescaler */ + USARTx->GTPR &= USART_GTPR_GT; + /* Set the USART prescaler */ + USARTx->GTPR |= USART_Prescaler; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup USART_Group2 STOP Mode functions + * @brief STOP Mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### STOP Mode functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage + WakeUp from STOP mode. + + [..] The USART is able to WakeUp from Stop Mode if USART clock is set to HSI + or LSI. + + [..] The WakeUp source is configured by calling USART_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig() + function. + + [..] After configuring the source of WakeUp and before entering in Stop Mode + USART_STOPModeCmd() function should be called to allow USART WakeUp. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART peripheral in STOP Mode. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx peripheral state in stop mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note + * This function has to be called when USART clock is set to HSI or LSE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_STOPModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected USART in STOP mode by setting the UESM bit in the CR1 + register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_UESM; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected USART in STOP mode by clearing the UE bit in the CR1 + register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_UESM); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the USART WakeUp method form stop mode. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_WakeUp: specifies the selected USART wakeup method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_WakeUpSource_AddressMatch: WUF active on address match. + * @arg USART_WakeUpSource_StartBit: WUF active on Start bit detection. + * @arg USART_WakeUpSource_RXNE: WUF active on RXNE. + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_WakeUpSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_STOPMODE_WAKEUPSOURCE(USART_WakeUpSource)); + + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_WUS); + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_WakeUpSource; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup USART_Group3 AutoBaudRate functions + * @brief AutoBaudRate functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### AutoBaudRate functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage + the AutoBaudRate detections. + + [..] Before Enabling AutoBaudRate detection using USART_AutoBaudRateCmd () + The character patterns used to calculate baudrate must be chosen by calling + USART_AutoBaudRateConfig() function. These function take as parameter : + (#)USART_AutoBaudRate_StartBit : any character starting with a bit 1. + (#)USART_AutoBaudRate_FallingEdge : any character starting with a 10xx bit pattern. + + [..] At any later time, another request for AutoBaudRate detection can be performed + using USART_RequestCmd() function. + + [..] The AutoBaudRate detection is monitored by the status of ABRF flag which indicate + that the AutoBaudRate detection is completed. In addition to ABRF flag, the ABRE flag + indicate that this procedure is completed without success. USART_GetFlagStatus () + function should be used to monitor the status of these flags. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Auto Baud Rate. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx auto baud rate. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_AutoBaudRateCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the auto baud rate feature by setting the ABREN bit in the CR2 + register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_ABREN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the auto baud rate feature by clearing the ABREN bit in the CR2 + register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_ABREN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the USART auto baud rate method. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_AutoBaudRate: specifies the selected USART auto baud rate method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_AutoBaudRate_StartBit: Start Bit duration measurement. + * @arg USART_AutoBaudRate_FallingEdge: Falling edge to falling edge measurement. + * @arg USART_AutoBaudRate_0x7FFrame: 0x7F frame. + * @arg USART_AutoBaudRate_0x55Frame: 0x55 frame. + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_AutoBaudRateConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_AutoBaudRate) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_AUTOBAUDRATE_MODE(USART_AutoBaudRate)); + + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_ABRMODE); + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_AutoBaudRate; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup USART_Group4 Data transfers functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data transfers functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage + the USART data transfers. + [..] During an USART reception, data shifts in least significant bit first + through the RX pin. When a transmission is taking place, a write instruction to + the USART_TDR register stores the data in the shift register. + [..] The read access of the USART_RDR register can be done using + the USART_ReceiveData() function and returns the RDR value. + Whereas a write access to the USART_TDR can be done using USART_SendData() + function and stores the written data into TDR. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits single data through the USARTx peripheral. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param Data: the data to transmit. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DATA(Data)); + + /* Transmit Data */ + USARTx->TDR = (Data & (uint16_t)0x01FF); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the USARTx peripheral. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @retval The received data. + */ +uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Receive Data */ + return (uint16_t)(USARTx->RDR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group5 MultiProcessor Communication functions + * @brief Multi-Processor Communication functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Multi-Processor Communication functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + multiprocessor communication. + [..] For instance one of the USARTs can be the master, its TX output is + connected to the RX input of the other USART. The others are slaves, + their respective TX outputs are logically ANDed together and connected + to the RX input of the master. USART multiprocessor communication is + possible through the following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 9 bits, Stop bits, Parity, + Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values + using the USART_Init() function. + (#) Configures the USART address using the USART_SetAddress() function. + (#) Configures the wake up methode (USART_WakeUp_IdleLine or + USART_WakeUp_AddressMark) using USART_WakeUpConfig() function only + for the slaves. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + (#) Enter the USART slaves in mute mode using USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd() + function. + [..] The USART Slave exit from mute mode when receive the wake up condition. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the address of the USART node. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_Address: Indicates the address of the USART node. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the USART address */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_ADD); + /* Set the USART address node */ + USARTx->CR2 |=((uint32_t)USART_Address << (uint32_t)0x18); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's mute mode. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART mute mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_MuteModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the USART mute mode by setting the MME bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_MME; + } + else + { + /* Disable the USART mute mode by clearing the MME bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_MME); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the USART WakeUp method from mute mode. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_WakeUp: specifies the USART wakeup method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_WakeUp_IdleLine: WakeUp by an idle line detection + * @arg USART_WakeUp_AddressMark: WakeUp by an address mark + * @retval None + */ +void USART_MuteModeWakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_WakeUp) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_MUTEMODE_WAKEUP(USART_WakeUp)); + + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_WAKE); + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_WakeUp; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the the USART Address detection length. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_AddressLength: specifies the USART address length detection. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_AddressLength_4b: 4-bit address length detection + * @arg USART_AddressLength_7b: 7-bit address length detection + * @retval None + */ +void USART_AddressDetectionConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_AddressLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_ADDRESS_DETECTION(USART_AddressLength)); + + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_ADDM7); + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_AddressLength; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group6 LIN mode functions + * @brief LIN mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### LIN mode functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + LIN Mode communication. + [..] In LIN mode, 8-bit data format with 1 stop bit is required in accordance + with the LIN standard. + [..] Only this LIN Feature is supported by the USART IP: + (+) LIN Master Synchronous Break send capability and LIN slave break + detection capability : 13-bit break generation and 10/11 bit break + detection. + [..] USART LIN Master transmitter communication is possible through the + following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8bits, Stop bits = 1bit, Parity, + Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values + using the USART_Init() function. + (#) Enable the LIN mode using the USART_LINCmd() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + (#) Send the break character using USART_SendBreak() function. + [..] USART LIN Master receiver communication is possible through the + following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8bits, Stop bits = 1bit, Parity, + Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values + using the USART_Init() function. + (#) Configures the break detection length + using the USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig() function. + (#) Enable the LIN mode using the USART_LINCmd() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + [..] + (@) In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + (+@) CLKEN in the USART_CR2 register. + (+@) STOP[1:0], SCEN, HDSEL and IREN in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the USART LIN Break detection length. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_LINBreakDetectLength: specifies the LIN break detection length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b: 10-bit break detection + * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b: 11-bit break detection + * @retval None + */ +void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(USART_LINBreakDetectLength)); + + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_LBDL); + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_LINBreakDetectLength; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's LIN mode. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART LIN mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_LINEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the LIN mode by clearing the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_LINEN); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group7 Halfduplex mode function + * @brief Half-duplex mode function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Half-duplex mode function ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + Half-duplex communication. + [..] The USART can be configured to follow a single-wire half-duplex protocol + where the TX and RX lines are internally connected. + [..] USART Half duplex communication is possible through the following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length, Stop bits, Parity, Mode transmitter + or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using the USART_Init() + function. + (#) Configures the USART address using the USART_SetAddress() function. + (#) Enable the half duplex mode using USART_HalfDuplexCmd() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + [..] + (@) The RX pin is no longer used. + (@) In Half-duplex mode the following bits must be kept cleared: + (+@) LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register. + (+@) SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Half Duplex communication. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART Communication. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_HDSEL; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Half-Duplex mode by clearing the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_HDSEL); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup USART_Group8 Smartcard mode functions + * @brief Smartcard mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Smartcard mode functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + Smartcard communication. + [..] The Smartcard interface is designed to support asynchronous protocol + Smartcards as defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard. The USART can provide + a clock to the smartcard through the SCLK output. In smartcard mode, + SCLK is not associated to the communication but is simply derived from + the internal peripheral input clock through a 5-bit prescaler. + [..] Smartcard communication is possible through the following procedure: + (#) Configures the Smartcard Prsecaler using the USART_SetPrescaler() + function. + (#) Configures the Smartcard Guard Time using the USART_SetGuardTime() + function. + (#) Program the USART clock using the USART_ClockInit() function as following: + (++) USART Clock enabled. + (++) USART CPOL Low. + (++) USART CPHA on first edge. + (++) USART Last Bit Clock Enabled. + (#) Program the Smartcard interface using the USART_Init() function as + following: + (++) Word Length = 9 Bits. + (++) 1.5 Stop Bit. + (++) Even parity. + (++) BaudRate = 12096 baud. + (++) Hardware flow control disabled (RTS and CTS signals). + (++) Tx and Rx enabled + (#) Optionally you can enable the parity error interrupt using + the USART_ITConfig() function. + (#) Enable the Smartcard NACK using the USART_SmartCardNACKCmd() function. + (#) Enable the Smartcard interface using the USART_SmartCardCmd() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + [..] + Please refer to the ISO 7816-3 specification for more details. + [..] + (@) It is also possible to choose 0.5 stop bit for receiving but it is + recommended to use 1.5 stop bits for both transmitting and receiving + to avoid switching between the two configurations. + (@) In smartcard mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + (+@) LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register. + (+@) HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the specified USART guard time. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_GuardTime: specifies the guard time. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the USART Guard time */ + USARTx->GTPR &= USART_GTPR_PSC; + /* Set the USART guard time */ + USARTx->GTPR |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)USART_GuardTime << 0x08); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Smart Card mode. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3. + * @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the SC mode by setting the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_SCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the SC mode by clearing the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_SCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables NACK transmission. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3. + * @param NewState: new state of the NACK transmission. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the NACK transmission by setting the NACK bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_NACK; + } + else + { + /* Disable the NACK transmission by clearing the NACK bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_NACK); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the Smart Card number of retries in transmit and receive. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_AutoCount: specifies the Smart Card auto retry count. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetAutoRetryCount(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_AutoCount) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_AUTO_RETRY_COUNTER(USART_AutoCount)); + /* Clear the USART auto retry count */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_SCARCNT); + /* Set the USART auto retry count*/ + USARTx->CR3 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)USART_AutoCount << 0x11); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the Smart Card Block length. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_BlockLength: specifies the Smart Card block length. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetBlockLength(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_BlockLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the Smart card block length */ + USARTx->RTOR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_RTOR_BLEN); + /* Set the Smart Card block length */ + USARTx->RTOR |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)USART_BlockLength << 0x18); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group9 IrDA mode functions + * @brief IrDA mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IrDA mode functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + IrDA communication. + [..] IrDA is a half duplex communication protocol. If the Transmitter is busy, + any data on the IrDA receive line will be ignored by the IrDA decoder + and if the Receiver is busy, data on the TX from the USART to IrDA will + not be encoded by IrDA. While receiving data, transmission should be + avoided as the data to be transmitted could be corrupted. + [..] IrDA communication is possible through the following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8 bits, Stop bits, Parity, + Transmitter/Receiver modes and hardware flow control values using + the USART_Init() function. + (#) Configures the IrDA pulse width by configuring the prescaler using + the USART_SetPrescaler() function. + (#) Configures the IrDA USART_IrDAMode_LowPower or USART_IrDAMode_Normal + mode using the USART_IrDAConfig() function. + (#) Enable the IrDA using the USART_IrDACmd() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + [..] + (@) A pulse of width less than two and greater than one PSC period(s) may or + may not be rejected. + (@) The receiver set up time should be managed by software. The IrDA physical + layer specification specifies a minimum of 10 ms delay between + transmission and reception (IrDA is a half duplex protocol). + (@) In IrDA mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + (+@) LINEN, STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register. + (+@) SCEN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the USART's IrDA interface. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_IrDAMode: specifies the IrDA mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IrDAMode_LowPower + * @arg USART_IrDAMode_Normal + * @retval None + */ +void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IrDAMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(USART_IrDAMode)); + + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_IRLP); + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_IrDAMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's IrDA interface. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the IrDA mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the IrDA mode by setting the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_IREN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the IrDA mode by clearing the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_IREN); + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group10 RS485 mode function + * @brief RS485 mode function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### RS485 mode functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + RS485 flow control. + [..] RS485 flow control (Driver enable feature) handling is possible through + the following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8 bits, Stop bits, Parity, + Transmitter/Receiver modes and hardware flow control values using + the USART_Init() function. + (#) Enable the Driver Enable using the USART_DECmd() function. + (#) Configures the Driver Enable polarity using the USART_DEPolarityConfig() + function. + (#) Configures the Driver Enable assertion time using USART_SetDEAssertionTime() + function and deassertion time using the USART_SetDEDeassertionTime() + function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + [..] + (@) The assertion and dessertion times are expressed in sample time units (1/8 or + 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's DE functionality. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the driver enable mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DECmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DE functionality by setting the DEM bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DEM; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DE functionality by clearing the DEM bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DEM); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the USART's DE polarity + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_DEPolarity: specifies the DE polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_DEPolarity_Low + * @arg USART_DEPolarity_High + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DEPolarityConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEPolarity) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DE_POLARITY(USART_DEPolarity)); + + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DEP); + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DEPolarity; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the specified RS485 DE assertion time + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_AssertionTime: specifies the time between the activation of the DE + * signal and the beginning of the start bit + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetDEAssertionTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEAssertionTime) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DE_ASSERTION_DEASSERTION_TIME(USART_DEAssertionTime)); + + /* Clear the DE assertion time */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_DEAT); + /* Set the new value for the DE assertion time */ + USARTx->CR1 |=((uint32_t)USART_DEAssertionTime << (uint32_t)0x15); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the specified RS485 DE deassertion time + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_DeassertionTime: specifies the time between the middle of the last + * stop bit in a transmitted message and the de-activation of the DE signal + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetDEDeassertionTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEDeassertionTime) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DE_ASSERTION_DEASSERTION_TIME(USART_DEDeassertionTime)); + + /* Clear the DE deassertion time */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_DEDT); + /* Set the new value for the DE deassertion time */ + USARTx->CR1 |=((uint32_t)USART_DEDeassertionTime << (uint32_t)0x10); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group11 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides two functions that can be used only in DMA mode. + [..] In DMA Mode, the USART communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel + requests: + (#) USART_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request. + (#) USART_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request. + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: + (+) void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, + FunctionalState NewState). +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's DMA interface. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4. + * @param USART_DMAReq: specifies the DMA request. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_DMAReq_Tx: USART DMA transmit request + * @arg USART_DMAReq_Rx: USART DMA receive request + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_1234_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DMAREQ(USART_DMAReq)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DMA transfer for selected requests by setting the DMAT and/or + DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DMAReq; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DMA transfer for selected requests by clearing the DMAT and/or + DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~USART_DMAReq; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's DMA interface when reception error occurs. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4. + * @param USART_DMAOnError: specifies the DMA status in case of reception error. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_DMAOnError_Enable: DMA receive request enabled when the USART DMA + * reception error is asserted. + * @arg USART_DMAOnError_Disable: DMA receive request disabled when the USART DMA + * reception error is asserted. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DMAReceptionErrorConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DMAOnError) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_1234_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DMAONERROR(USART_DMAOnError)); + + /* Clear the DMA Reception error detection bit */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DDRE); + /* Set the new value for the DMA Reception error detection bit */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DMAOnError; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group12 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to configure the + USART Interrupts sources, Requests and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to + manage the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode. + + *** Polling Mode *** + ==================== + [..] In Polling Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by these flags: + (#) USART_FLAG_REACK: to indicate the status of the Receive Enable + acknowledge flag + (#) USART_FLAG_TEACK: to indicate the status of the Transmit Enable + acknowledge flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_WUF: to indicate the status of the Wake up flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_RWU: to indicate the status of the Receive Wake up flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_SBK: to indicate the status of the Send Break flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_CMF: to indicate the status of the Character match flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_BUSY: to indicate the status of the Busy flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_ABRF: to indicate the status of the Auto baud rate flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_ABRE: to indicate the status of the Auto baud rate error flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_EOBF: to indicate the status of the End of block flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_RTOF: to indicate the status of the Receive time out flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_nCTSS: to indicate the status of the Inverted nCTS input + bit status. + (#) USART_FLAG_TXE: to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register. + (#) USART_FLAG_RXNE: to indicate the status of the receive buffer register. + (#) USART_FLAG_TC: to indicate the status of the transmit operation. + (#) USART_FLAG_IDLE: to indicate the status of the Idle Line. + (#) USART_FLAG_CTS: to indicate the status of the nCTS input. + (#) USART_FLAG_LBD: to indicate the status of the LIN break detection. + (#) USART_FLAG_NE: to indicate if a noise error occur. + (#) USART_FLAG_FE: to indicate if a frame error occur. + (#) USART_FLAG_PE: to indicate if a parity error occur. + (#) USART_FLAG_ORE: to indicate if an Overrun error occur. + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG). + (+) void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG). + + *** Interrupt Mode *** + ====================== + [..] In Interrupt Mode, the USART communication can be managed by 8 interrupt + sources and 10 pending bits: + (+) Pending Bits: + (##) USART_IT_WU: to indicate the status of the Wake up interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_CM: to indicate the status of Character match interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_EOB: to indicate the status of End of block interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_RTO: to indicate the status of Receive time out interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_CTS: to indicate the status of CTS change interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_LBD: to indicate the status of LIN Break detection interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_TC: to indicate the status of Transmission complete interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_IDLE: to indicate the status of IDLE line detected interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_ORE: to indicate the status of OverRun Error interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_NE: to indicate the status of Noise Error interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_FE: to indicate the status of Framing Error interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_PE: to indicate the status of Parity Error interrupt. + + (+) Interrupt Source: + (##) USART_IT_WU: specifies the interrupt source for Wake up interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_CM: specifies the interrupt source for Character match + interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_EOB: specifies the interrupt source for End of block + interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_RTO: specifies the interrupt source for Receive time-out + interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_CTS: specifies the interrupt source for CTS change interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_LBD: specifies the interrupt source for LIN Break + detection interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_TXE: specifies the interrupt source for Tansmit Data + Register empty interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_TC: specifies the interrupt source for Transmission + complete interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_RXNE: specifies the interrupt source for Receive Data + register not empty interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_IDLE: specifies the interrupt source for Idle line + detection interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_PE: specifies the interrupt source for Parity Error interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_ERR: specifies the interrupt source for Error interrupt + (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) + -@@- Some parameters are coded in order to use them as interrupt + source or as pending bits. + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState). + (+) ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT). + (+) void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART interrupts. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_WU: Wake up interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_CM: Character match interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_EOB: End of block interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_RTO: Receive time out interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Tansmit Data Register empty interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error) + * @param NewState: new state of the specified USARTx interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t usartreg = 0, itpos = 0, itmask = 0; + uint32_t usartxbase = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(USART_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + usartxbase = (uint32_t)USARTx; + + /* Get the USART register index */ + usartreg = (((uint16_t)USART_IT) >> 0x08); + + /* Get the interrupt position */ + itpos = USART_IT & IT_MASK; + itmask = (((uint32_t)0x01) << itpos); + + if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */ + { + usartxbase += 0x04; + } + else if (usartreg == 0x03) /* The IT is in CR3 register */ + { + usartxbase += 0x08; + } + else /* The IT is in CR1 register */ + { + } + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase |= itmask; + } + else + { + *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase &= ~itmask; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the specified USART's Request. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_Request: specifies the USART request. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_Request_TXFRQ: Transmit data flush ReQuest + * @arg USART_Request_RXFRQ: Receive data flush ReQuest + * @arg USART_Request_MMRQ: Mute Mode ReQuest + * @arg USART_Request_SBKRQ: Send Break ReQuest + * @arg USART_Request_ABRRQ: Auto Baud Rate ReQuest + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA interface when reception error occurs. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_RequestCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_Request, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_REQUEST(USART_Request)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the USART ReQuest by setting the dedicated request bit in the RQR + register.*/ + USARTx->RQR |= USART_Request; + } + else + { + /* Disable the USART ReQuest by clearing the dedicated request bit in the RQR + register.*/ + USARTx->RQR &= (uint32_t)~USART_Request; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Overrun detection. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_OVRDetection: specifies the OVR detection status in case of OVR error. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_OVRDetection_Enable: OVR error detection enabled when the USART OVR error + * is asserted. + * @arg USART_OVRDetection_Disable: OVR error detection disabled when the USART OVR error + * is asserted. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_OverrunDetectionConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_OVRDetection) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_OVRDETECTION(USART_OVRDetection)); + + /* Clear the OVR detection bit */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_OVRDIS); + /* Set the new value for the OVR detection bit */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_OVRDetection; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified USART flag is set or not. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_FLAG_REACK: Receive Enable acknowledge flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_TEACK: Transmit Enable acknowledge flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_WUF: Wake up flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_RWU: Receive Wake up flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_SBK: Send Break flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_CMF: Character match flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_BUSY: Busy flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_ABRF: Auto baud rate flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_ABRE: Auto baud rate error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_EOBF: End of block flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_RTOF: Receive time out flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_nCTSS: Inverted nCTS input bit status. + * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line detection flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_PE: Parity Error flag. + * @retval The new state of USART_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_FLAG(USART_FLAG)); + + if ((USARTx->ISR & USART_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the USARTx's pending flags. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_FLAG_WUF: Wake up flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_CMF: Character match flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_EOBF: End of block flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_RTOF: Receive time out flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_IDLE: IDLE line detected flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_PE: Parity Errorflag. + * + * @note + * - RXNE pending bit is cleared by a read to the USART_RDR register + * (USART_ReceiveData()) or by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the register USART_RQR + * (USART_RequestCmd()). + * - TC flag can be also cleared by software sequence: a read operation to + * USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation + * to USART_TDR register (USART_SendData()). + * - TXE flag is cleared by a write to the USART_TDR register + * (USART_SendData()) or by writing 1 to the TXFRQ in the register USART_RQR + * (USART_RequestCmd()). + * - SBKF flag is cleared by 1 to the SBKRQ in the register USART_RQR + * (USART_RequestCmd()). + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(USART_FLAG)); + + USARTx->ICR = USART_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified USART interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_WU: Wake up interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_CM: Character match interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_EOB: End of block interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_RTO: Receive time out interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Tansmit Data Register empty interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_ORE: OverRun Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt. + * @retval The new state of USART_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT) +{ + uint32_t bitpos = 0, itmask = 0, usartreg = 0; + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_GET_IT(USART_IT)); + + /* Get the USART register index */ + usartreg = (((uint16_t)USART_IT) >> 0x08); + /* Get the interrupt position */ + itmask = USART_IT & IT_MASK; + itmask = (uint32_t)0x01 << itmask; + + if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR1; + } + else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR2; + } + else /* The IT is in CR3 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR3; + } + + bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x10; + bitpos = (uint32_t)0x01 << bitpos; + bitpos &= USARTx->ISR; + if ((itmask != (uint16_t)RESET)&&(bitpos != (uint16_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the USARTx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_WU: Wake up interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_CM: Character match interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_EOB: End of block interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_RTO: Receive time out interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: IDLE line detected interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_ORE: OverRun Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt. + * @note + * - RXNE pending bit is cleared by a read to the USART_RDR register + * (USART_ReceiveData()) or by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the register USART_RQR + * (USART_RequestCmd()). + * - TC pending bit can be also cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a write + * operation to USART_TDR register (USART_SendData()). + * - TXE pending bit is cleared by a write to the USART_TDR register + * (USART_SendData()) or by writing 1 to the TXFRQ in the register USART_RQR + * (USART_RequestCmd()). + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT) +{ + uint32_t bitpos = 0, itmask = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(USART_IT)); + + bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x10; + itmask = ((uint32_t)0x01 << (uint32_t)bitpos); + USARTx->ICR = (uint32_t)itmask; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_wwdg.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_wwdg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e7f25e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_wwdg.c @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_wwdg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 23-October-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Window watchdog (WWDG) peripheral: + * + Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration + * + WWDG activation + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + ============================================================================== + ##### WWDG features ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed + time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (downcounter) + before to reach 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter + value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F). + [..] An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed + before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This + implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window. + + [..] Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + + [..] WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG + reset occurs. + + [..] The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided + by a programmable prescaler. + + [..] WWDG counter clock = PCLK1 / Prescaler. + [..] WWDG timeout = (WWDG counter clock) * (counter value). + + [..] Min-max timeout value @36MHz (PCLK1): ~114us / ~58.3ms. + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable WWDG clock using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE) + function. + + (#) Configure the WWDG prescaler using WWDG_SetPrescaler() function. + + (#) Configure the WWDG refresh window using WWDG_SetWindowValue() function. + + (#) Set the WWDG counter value and start it using WWDG_Enable() function. + When the WWDG is enabled the counter value should be configured to + a value greater than 0x40 to prevent generating an immediate reset. + + (#) Optionally you can enable the Early wakeup interrupt which is + generated when the counter reach 0x40. + Once enabled this interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + + (#) Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular + intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using + WWDG_SetCounter() function. This operation must occur only when + the counter value is lower than the refresh window value, + programmed using WWDG_SetWindowValue(). + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_wwdg.h" +#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG + * @brief WWDG driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* --------------------- WWDG registers bit mask ---------------------------- */ +/* CFR register bit mask */ +#define CFR_WDGTB_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFE7F) +#define CFR_W_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF80) +#define BIT_MASK ((uint8_t)0x7F) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Group1 Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions + * @brief Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the WWDG peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG Prescaler. + * @param WWDG_Prescaler: specifies the WWDG Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_1: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/1 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_2: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/2 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_4: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/4 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_8: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/8 + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(WWDG_Prescaler)); + /* Clear WDGTB[1:0] bits */ + tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_WDGTB_MASK; + /* Set WDGTB[1:0] bits according to WWDG_Prescaler value */ + tmpreg |= WWDG_Prescaler; + /* Store the new value */ + WWDG->CFR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG window value. + * @param WindowValue: specifies the window value to be compared to the downcounter. + * This parameter value must be lower than 0x80. + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(WindowValue)); + /* Clear W[6:0] bits */ + + tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_W_MASK; + + /* Set W[6:0] bits according to WindowValue value */ + tmpreg |= WindowValue & (uint32_t) BIT_MASK; + + /* Store the new value */ + WWDG->CFR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the WWDG Early Wakeup interrupt(EWI). + * @note Once enabled this interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_EnableIT(void) +{ + WWDG->CFR |= WWDG_CFR_EWI; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG counter value. + * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F (to prevent generating + * an immediate reset). + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter)); + /* Write to T[6:0] bits to configure the counter value, no need to do + a read-modify-write; writing a 0 to WDGA bit does nothing */ + WWDG->CR = Counter & BIT_MASK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Group2 WWDG activation functions + * @brief WWDG activation functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### WWDG activation function ##### + ============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables WWDG and load the counter value. + * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F (to prevent generating + * an immediate reset). + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter)); + WWDG->CR = WWDG_CR_WDGA | Counter; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + ============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the Early Wakeup interrupt flag is set or not. + * @param None + * @retval The new state of the Early Wakeup interrupt flag (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + if ((WWDG->SR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears Early Wakeup interrupt flag. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_ClearFlag(void) +{ + WWDG->SR = (uint32_t)RESET; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ |